TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
Data Manual
Literature Number: SLLU099B
AUGUST 2007 – Revised February 2008
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date.
Products conform to specifications per the terms of the Texas
Instruments standard warranty. Production processing does not
necessarily include testing of all parameters.
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Contents
1
Introduction......................................................................................................................... 9
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
2
Electrical Characteristics..................................................................................................... 26
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
3
4
Power-Class Programming ...............................................................................................
Power-Up Reset ...........................................................................................................
Crystal Oscillator Selection ...............................................................................................
Bus Reset ...................................................................................................................
37
39
39
40
LLC Section Service Request ............................................................................................
Status Transfer .............................................................................................................
Receive ......................................................................................................................
Transmit .....................................................................................................................
43
46
48
51
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model .......................................................... 53
6.1
2
26
26
28
28
29
29
30
30
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface) ......................................................... 42
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
6
Absolute Maximum Ratings ...............................................................................................
Recommended Operating Conditions ...................................................................................
Electrical Characteristics, PHY Driver ...................................................................................
Electrical Characteristics, PHY Receiver................................................................................
Electrical Characteristics, General .......................................................................................
Thermal Characteristics ...................................................................................................
Switching Characteristics for PHY Portion ..............................................................................
Switching Characteristics for PCI Interface .............................................................................
PHY Section Register Configuration ..................................................................................... 31
PHY Section Application Information .................................................................................... 37
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5
Features ....................................................................................................................... 9
Description .................................................................................................................. 10
Terminal Assignments ..................................................................................................... 14
1.3.1
Top View .......................................................................................................... 14
1.3.2
Bottom View ...................................................................................................... 15
Signals Sorted by Terminal Number ..................................................................................... 16
Signals Sorted by Name .................................................................................................. 17
Terminal Functions ......................................................................................................... 18
PCI Configuration Registers ..............................................................................................
6.1.1
Vendor ID Register ..............................................................................................
6.1.2
Device ID Register ..............................................................................................
6.1.3
Command Register ..............................................................................................
6.1.4
Status Register ..................................................................................................
6.1.5
Revision ID Register ............................................................................................
6.1.6
Class Code Register ............................................................................................
6.1.7
Cache Line Size Register ......................................................................................
6.1.8
Latency Timer Register .........................................................................................
6.1.9
Header Type Register ..........................................................................................
6.1.10 Built-In Self-Test (BIST) Register..............................................................................
6.1.11 OHCI Base Address Register ..................................................................................
6.1.12 TI Extension Base Address Register .........................................................................
6.1.13 CardBus CIS Base Address Register .........................................................................
6.1.14 CardBus CIS Pointer Register .................................................................................
6.1.15 Subsystem Vendor ID Register ................................................................................
6.1.16 Subsystem ID Register .........................................................................................
6.1.17 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register ..........................................................
6.1.18 Interrupt Line Register ..........................................................................................
6.1.19 Interrupt Pin Register ...........................................................................................
Contents
53
54
54
54
55
56
57
58
58
58
59
59
60
60
61
62
62
62
63
63
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2
6.1.20 Minimum Grant Register ........................................................................................
6.1.21 Maximum Latency Register ....................................................................................
6.1.22 OHCI Control Register ..........................................................................................
6.1.23 Capability ID Register ...........................................................................................
6.1.24 Next-Item Pointer Register .....................................................................................
6.1.25 Power Management Capabilities Register ...................................................................
6.1.26 Power Management Control and Status Register ...........................................................
6.1.27 Power Management Extension Register .....................................................................
6.1.28 Power Management Data Register ...........................................................................
6.1.29 Multifunction Select Register ...................................................................................
6.1.30 Miscellaneous Configuration Register ........................................................................
6.1.31 LLC Section Enhancement Control Register ................................................................
6.1.32 Subsystem Access Register ...................................................................................
6.1.33 GPIO Control Register ..........................................................................................
OHCI Registers .............................................................................................................
6.2.1
OHCI Version Register .........................................................................................
6.2.2
GUID ROM Register ............................................................................................
6.2.3
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register ....................................................................
6.2.4
CSR Data Register ..............................................................................................
6.2.5
CSR Compare Data Register ..................................................................................
6.2.6
CSR Control Register ...........................................................................................
6.2.7
Configuration ROM Header Register .........................................................................
6.2.8
Bus Identification Register......................................................................................
6.2.9
Bus Options Register ...........................................................................................
6.2.10 GUID High Register .............................................................................................
6.2.11 GUID Low Register..............................................................................................
6.2.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register ........................................................................
6.2.13 Posted Write Address Low Register ..........................................................................
6.2.14 Posted Write Address High Register..........................................................................
6.2.15 OHCI Vendor ID Register ......................................................................................
6.2.16 Host Controller Control Register...............................................................................
6.2.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register.................................................................................
6.2.18 Self-ID Count Register ..........................................................................................
6.2.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register ........................................................
6.2.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register .........................................................
6.2.21 Interrupt Event Register ........................................................................................
6.2.22 Interrupt Mask Register .........................................................................................
6.2.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register..............................................................
6.2.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register ..............................................................
6.2.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register ..............................................................
6.2.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register ...............................................................
6.2.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register ...........................................................................
6.2.28 Initial Channels Available High Register......................................................................
6.2.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register ......................................................................
6.2.30 Fairness Control Register ......................................................................................
6.2.31 LLC Section Control Register ..................................................................................
6.2.32 Node Identification Register ....................................................................................
6.2.33 PHY Layer Control Register....................................................................................
6.2.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register ............................................................................
6.2.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register .................................................................
6.2.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register..................................................................
6.2.37 Physical Request Filter High Register ........................................................................
6.2.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register .........................................................................
Contents
63
64
64
65
65
65
66
67
67
68
68
70
72
72
73
75
75
76
77
77
77
78
78
78
79
80
80
80
81
81
82
83
84
85
85
86
88
90
91
91
92
92
92
93
93
94
94
95
96
96
97
97
98
3
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.3
6.2.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register) ........................................................ 99
6.2.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register ..................................................................... 99
6.2.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register ....................................................... 100
6.2.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register ........................................................... 100
6.2.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register .............................................. 101
6.2.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register ............................................................ 102
6.2.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register ............................................... 104
6.2.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register ............................................................. 104
TI Extension Registers ................................................................................................... 105
6.3.1
DV Timestamp Enhancements ............................................................................... 105
6.3.2
MPEG2 Timestamp Procedure ............................................................................... 106
6.3.3
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements ....................................................... 106
6.3.4
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register............................................. 106
6.3.5
Link Enhancement Register .................................................................................. 107
6.3.6
Timestamp Offset Register ................................................................................... 110
7
8
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Interface .................................................................... 111
Serial EEPROM Interface ................................................................................................... 112
4
Contents
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
List of Figures
2-1
Test Load Diagram................................................................................................................ 30
2-2
Setup and Hold Time Waveforms for Dx, CTLx, and LREQ Inputs ........................................................ 30
2-3
Dx and CTLx Output Delay Relative to xCLK Waveforms ................................................................... 31
4-1
Typical Twisted Pair IEEE Std 1394a-2000 Cable Connections ............................................................ 38
4-2
Typical DC-Isolated Outer Shield Termination ................................................................................ 38
4-3
Non-DC-Isolated Outer Shield Termination.................................................................................... 39
5-1
PHY Section-LLC Section Interface ............................................................................................ 42
5-2
LREQ/PHY_LREQ Request Stream ............................................................................................ 43
5-3
Bus Status Transfer ............................................................................................................... 47
5-4
PINT (PHY Section Interrupt) Stream .......................................................................................... 47
5-5
Normal Packet Reception ........................................................................................................ 49
5-6
Normal Packet Reception With Optional Bus Status Transfer .............................................................. 49
5-7
Null Packet Reception ............................................................................................................ 50
7-1
GPIO Logic Diagram ............................................................................................................ 111
List of Figures
5
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
List of Tables
3-1
Base Register Configuration ..................................................................................................... 31
3-2
Base Register Field Descriptions ............................................................................................... 31
3-3
Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Configuration .................................................................................. 33
3-4
Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Field Descriptions ............................................................................. 34
3-5
Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration
3-6
3-7
3-8
4-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6
...................................................................................
Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions ..............................................................................
Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration .........................................................................
Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions ...................................................................
Power Class Descriptions ........................................................................................................
CTL Encoding When PHY Section Has Control of the Bus .................................................................
CTL Encoding When LLC Section Has Control of the Bus ..................................................................
Request Stream Bit Length ......................................................................................................
Request-Type Encoding..........................................................................................................
Bus Request .......................................................................................................................
Bus-Request Format Encoding..................................................................................................
Bus-Request Speed Encoding ..................................................................................................
Read Register Request ..........................................................................................................
Write Register Request ...........................................................................................................
Link Notification Request .........................................................................................................
Status Bits ..........................................................................................................................
PHY Status Transfer Encoding ..................................................................................................
Register Read (Solicited and Unsolicited) PHY Status Transfer Encoding ...............................................
Receive Speed Codes and Format ............................................................................................
Link-Request-Type Encoding During Packet Transmission .................................................................
Link-Request Speed-Code Encoding During Packet Transmission ........................................................
Link-Request Format Encoding During Packet Transmission ...............................................................
Subaction End-Notification Encoding During Packet Transmission ........................................................
Format Type During Grant Cycle ...............................................................................................
Grant Type Values During Grant Cycle ........................................................................................
Speed Type Values During Grant Cycle .......................................................................................
Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions ..............................................................................................
PCI Configuration Register Map ................................................................................................
Command Register Description .................................................................................................
Status Register Description ......................................................................................................
Revision ID Register Description ................................................................................................
Class Code Register Description ...............................................................................................
Cache Line Size Register Description ..........................................................................................
Latency Timer Register Description ............................................................................................
Header Type Register Description ..............................................................................................
List of Tables
35
36
36
36
37
43
43
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
47
48
48
50
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
55
56
56
57
58
58
58
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6-10
Built-In Self-Test (BIST) Register Description ................................................................................. 59
6-11
OHCI Base Address Register Description ..................................................................................... 59
6-12
TI Base Address Register Description
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
6-32
6-33
6-34
6-35
6-36
6-37
6-38
6-39
6-40
6-41
6-42
6-43
6-44
6-45
6-46
6-47
6-48
6-49
6-50
.........................................................................................
CardBus CIS Base Address Register Description ............................................................................
CardBus CIS Pointer Register Description ....................................................................................
Subsystem Vendor ID Register Description ...................................................................................
Subsystem ID Register Description.............................................................................................
Interrupt Line Register Description .............................................................................................
Interrupt Line and Pin Register Description ...................................................................................
Minimum Grant Register Description ...........................................................................................
Maximum Latency Register Description .......................................................................................
OHCI Control Register Description .............................................................................................
Capability ID Register Description ..............................................................................................
Next-Item Pointer Register Description ........................................................................................
Power Management Capabilities Register Description ......................................................................
Power Management Control and Status Register Description ..............................................................
Power Management Extension Register Description.........................................................................
Power Management Data Register Description ...............................................................................
Multifunction Select Register ....................................................................................................
Miscellaneous Configuration Register ..........................................................................................
LLC Section Enhancement Control Register Description ....................................................................
Subsystem Access Register Description.......................................................................................
GPIO Control Register Description .............................................................................................
OHCI Register Map ...............................................................................................................
OHCI Version Register Description .............................................................................................
GUID ROM Register Description ................................................................................................
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description ........................................................................
CSR Control Register Description ..............................................................................................
Configuration ROM Header Register Description .............................................................................
Bus Options Register Description ...............................................................................................
Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description ...........................................................................
Posted Write Address Low Register Description .............................................................................
Posted Write Address High Register Description .............................................................................
Vendor ID Register Description .................................................................................................
Host Controller Control Register Description ..................................................................................
Self-ID Count Register Description .............................................................................................
Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description ............................................................
Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description ............................................................
Interrupt Event Register Description ............................................................................................
Interrupt Mask Register Description ............................................................................................
Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description .................................................................
List of Tables
60
61
61
62
62
63
63
63
64
64
65
65
66
66
67
67
68
69
71
72
72
73
75
76
76
77
78
79
80
80
81
82
82
84
85
85
87
89
91
7
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6-51
Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description .................................................................. 92
6-52
Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description .............................................................................. 92
6-53
Initial Channels Available High Register Description ......................................................................... 93
6-54
Initial Channels Available High Register Description ......................................................................... 93
6-55
Fairness Control Register Description.......................................................................................... 94
6-56
LLC Section Control Register Description ..................................................................................... 94
6-57
Node Identification Register Description ....................................................................................... 95
6-58
PHY Layer Control Register Description ....................................................................................... 95
6-59
............................................................................... 96
Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description .................................................................... 97
Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description ..................................................................... 97
Physical Request Filter High Register Description ........................................................................... 98
Physical Request Filter Low Register Description ............................................................................ 98
Asynchronous Context Control Register Description ......................................................................... 99
Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description .......................................................... 100
Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description .............................................................. 101
Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description ............................................................... 103
Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description ................................................................ 105
TI Extension Register Map ..................................................................................................... 105
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description ................................................ 107
Link Enhancement Register Description...................................................................................... 109
Timestamp Offset Register Description....................................................................................... 110
Serial EEPROM Map ............................................................................................................ 113
6-60
6-61
6-62
6-63
6-64
6-65
6-66
6-67
6-68
6-69
6-70
6-71
6-72
8-1
8
Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description
List of Tables
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1
Introduction
1.1
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fully Supports Provisions of IEEE Std
1394b-2002 Revision 1.33+ at 1-Gigabit
Signaling Rates
Fully Supports Provisions of IEEE Std
1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394-1995 for
High-Performance Serial Bus
Fully Interoperable With Firewire™, i.LINK™,
and SB1394 Implementations of IEEE Std 1394
Provides Three Fully Backward-Compatible,
(IEEE Std 1394a-2000 Fully Compliant)
Bilingual IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Cable Ports at
up to 800 Megabits per Second (Mbps)
Full IEEE Std 1394a-2000 Support Includes:
– Connection Debounce
– Arbitrated Short Reset
– Multispeed Concatenation
– Arbitration Acceleration
– Fly-By Concatenation
– Port Disable/Suspend/Resume
Extended Resume Signaling for Compatibility
With Legacy Digital Video (DV) Devices
Power-Down Features to Conserve Energy in
Battery-Powered Applications
Low-Power Sleep Mode
Fully Compliant With Open Host Controller
Interface (OHCI) Requirements
Cable Power Presence Monitoring
Cable Ports Monitor Line Conditions for Active
Connection to Remote Node
Register Bits Give Software Control of
Contender Bit, Power-Class Bits, Link Active
Control Bit, and IEEE Std 1394a-2000 Features
Interoperable With Other 1394 Physical Layers
(PHYs) Using 1.8-V, 3.3-V, and 5-V Supplies
Low-Jitter, External Crystal Oscillator Provides
Transmit and Receive Data at 100/200/400/800
Mbps and Link-Layer Controller (LLC) Clock at
49.152 MHz and 98.304 MHz
Separate Bias (TPBIAS) for Each Port
Software Device Reset (SWR)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fail-Safe Circuitry Senses Sudden Loss of
Power to the Device and Disables Ports to
Ensure That TSB83AA23 Does Not Load
TPBIAS of Any Connected Device and Blocks
Any Leakage From the Port Back to Power
Plane
IEEE Std 1394a-2000-Compliant
Common-Mode Noise Filter on Incoming Bias
Detect Circuit to Filter Out Crosstalk Noise
Port Programmable to Force IEEE Std
1394a-2000 Mode to Allow Use of IEEE Std
1394a-2000 Connectors (IEEE Std 1394b-2002
Signaling Must Not Be Put Across IEEE Std
1394a-2000 Connectors or Cables)
3.3-V and 5-V PCI Signaling Environments
Serial-Bus Data Rates of 100 Mbps, 200 Mbps,
400 Mbps, and 800 Mbps
Physical Write Posting of up to Three
Outstanding Transactions
Serial ROM or Boot ROM Interface Supports
2-Wire Serial EEPROM Devices
33-MHz/32-Bit PCI Interface
Multifunction Terminal (MFUNC Terminal 1):
– PCI_CLKRUN Protocol Per PCI Mobile
Design Guide
– General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)
– CYCLEIN/CYCLEOUT for External Cycle
Timer Control for Customized
Synchronization
PCI Burst Transfers and Deep FIFOs to
Tolerate Large Host Latency
– Transmit FIFO—5K Asynchronous
– Transmit FIFO—2K Isochronous
– Receive FIFO—2K Asynchronous
– Receive FIFO—2K Isochronous
D0, D1, D2, and D3 Power States and PME
Events Per PCI Bus Power Management
Interface Specification
Programmable Asynchronous Transmit
Threshold
Isochronous Receive Dual-Buffer Mode
Out-of-Order Pipelining for Asynchronous
Transmit Requests
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of Texas
Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this document.
OHCI-Lynx is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
Firewire is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.
i.LINK is a trademark of Sony Kabushiki Kaisha TA Sony Corporation.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date.
Products conform to specifications per the terms of the Texas
Instruments standard warranty. Production processing does not
necessarily include testing of all parameters.
Copyright © 2007–2008, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
•
Initial-Bandwidth-Available and
Initial-Channels-Available Registers
1.2
•
Digital Video and Audio Performance
Enhancements
Description
The TSB83AA23 is an integrated IEEE Std 1394b-2002 link-layer controller (LLC) design and physical
layer (PHY) design combined in a single package to meet the demanding requirements of today’s 1394
bus applications. The TSB83AA23 device is capable of exceptional 800-Mbps performance; thus,
providing the throughput and bandwidth to move data efficiently and quickly between the PCI and 1394
buses. The TSB83AA23 device also provides outstanding ultralow power operation and intelligent
power-management capabilities. The device provides the IEEE 1394 LLC function and PHY function and
is compatible with 100-Mbps, 200-Mbps, 400-Mbps, and 800-Mbps serial-bus data rates.
The TSB83AA23 operates as the interface between 33-MHz/32-bit PCI local bus and an IEEE Std
1394a-2000 or IEEE Std 1394b-2002 serial-bus interface. It is capable of supporting serial data rates at
98.304, 196.608, 393.216, 491.52, or 786.432 Mbps (referred to as S100, S200, S400, S400B, or S800
speeds, respectively). When acting as a PCI bus master, the TSB83AA23 device is capable of multiple
cache-line bursts of data, which can transfer at 132M bytes/s for 32-bit transfers after connecting to the
memory controller.
Due to the high throughput potential of the TSB83AA23 device, it possible to encounter large PCI and
legacy 1394 bus latencies, which can cause the 1394 data to be overrun. To overcome this potential
problem, the TSB83AA23 implements deep transmit and receive FIFOs (see Section 1.1, Features, for
FIFO size information) to buffer the 1394 data, thus, preventing possible problems due to bus latency.
This also ensures that the device can transmit and receive sustained maximum-size isochronous or
asynchronous data payloads at S800.
The TSB83AA23 LLC section implements other performance enhancements to improve overall
performance of the device, such as a highly-tuned physical data path for enhanced SBP-2 performance,
physical post writing buffers, multiple isochronous contexts, and advanced internal arbitration.
The TSB83AA23 LLC section also implements hardware enhancements to better support digital video
(DV) and MPEG data stream reception and transmission. These enhancements are enabled through the
isochronous receive digital video enhancements register at TI extension offset A80h (see Section 6.3.4,
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register). These enhancements include automatic
time-stamp insertion for transmitted DV and MPEG-formatted streams, and common isochronous packet
(CIP) header stripping for received DV streams.
The CIP format is defined by the IEC 61883-1:1998 specification. The enhancements to the isochronous
data contexts are implemented as hardware support for the synchronization time stamp for both DV and
audio/video CIP formats. The TSB83AA23 device supports modification of the synchronization time-stamp
field to ensure that the value inserted via software is not stale — that is, less than the current cycle timer
when the packet is transmitted.
The TSB83AA23 performance and enhanced throughput make it an excellent choice for today’s 1394 PC
market; however, portable, mobile, and even desktop PC power-management schemes continue to
require devices to use less and less power, and TI’s 1394 product line has continued to raise the bar by
providing the lowest-power 1394 devices in the industry. The TSB83AA23 device represents the next
evolution of TI commitment to meet the challenge of power-sensitive applications. The TSB83AA23 device
has ultralow operational power requirements and intelligent power-management capabilities that allow it to
conserve power autonomously based on the device usage. The TSB83AA23 LLC section fully supports
D0, D1, D2, and D3hot/cold power states, as specified in the PC 2001 Design Guide requirements and the
PCI Power Management Specification. PME wake-event support is subject to operating-system support
and implementation.
10
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
As required by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification (OHCI) and IEEE Std 1394a-2000,
internal control registers are memory mapped and nonprefetchable. The PCI configuration header is
accessed through configuration cycles as specified by the PCI Local Bus Specification, and provides
plug-and-play (PnP) compatibility. Furthermore, the TSB83AA23 LLC section is fully compliant with the
latest PCI Local Bus Specification, PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification, IEEE Std
1394b-2002, IEEE Std 1394a-2000, and 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification.
The TSB83AA23 PHY section provides the digital and analog transceiver functions needed to implement a
three-port node in a cable-based IEEE 1394 network. Each cable port incorporates two differential line
transceivers. The transceivers include circuitry to monitor the line conditions as needed for determining
connection status, for initialization and arbitration, and for packet reception and transmission.
The TSB83AA23 is powered by multiple voltage supplies, 3.3-V supplies for I/O and the LLC section, and
a core voltage supply for the PHY section. The core voltage supply is supplied to the PLLVDD_CORE and
DVDD_CORE terminals in accordance with the requirements in the recommended operating conditions.
The PLLVDD_CORE terminals must be separated from the DVDD_CORE terminals, the PLLVDD_CORE
terminals are decoupled with 1-µF and smaller decoupling capacitors, and the DVDD_CORE terminals
separately decoupled with 1-µF and smaller decoupling capacitors. The separation between DVDD_CORE
and PLLVDD_CORE can be implemented by separate power-supply rails, or by a single power-supply rail,
where the DVDD_CORE and PLLVDD_CORE are separated by a filter network to keep noise from the
PLLVDD_CORE supply. In addition, REG_EN must be asserted low to enable the internal voltage
regulator for the LLC section. If REG_EN is not pulled low, the a 1.8-V power rail must be applied to the
REG18 pins.
The TSB83AA23 requires an external 98.304-MHz crystal oscillator to generate a reference clock. The
external clock drives an internal phase-locked loop (PLL), which generates the required reference signal.
This reference signal provides the clock signals that control transmission of the outbound encoded
information. The power-down (PD) function, when enabled by asserting the PD terminal high, stops
operation of the PLL.
Data bits to be transmitted through the cable ports are latched internally, combined serially, encoded, and
transmitted at 98.304, 196.608, 393.216, 491.52, or 983.04 Mbps (referred to as S100, S200, S400,
S400B, or S800 speed, respectively) as the outbound information stream.
To ensure that the TSB83AA23 conforms to the IEEE Std 1394b-2002 standard, the BMODE terminal
must be asserted.
NOTE
The BMODE terminal does not select the cable-interface mode of operation. The BMODE
terminal selects the internal PHY section-LLC section interface mode of operation and
affects the arbitration modes on the cable. BMODE must be pulled high during normal
operation.
The cable interface can follow either the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 protocol or the IEEE Std 1394b-2002
protocol on all ports. The mode of operation is determined by the interface capabilities of the ports being
connected. When any of the ports are connected to an IEEE Std 1394a-2000-compliant device, the cable
interface on that port operates in the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 data-strobe mode at a compatible S100, S200,
or S400 speed. When a bilingual port is connected to an IEEE Std 1394b-2002-compliant node, the cable
interface on that port operates per the IEEE Std 1394b-2002 standard at S400B or S800 speed. The
TSB83AA23 automatically determines the correct cable interface connection method for the bilingual
ports.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Introduction
11
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
To operate a port as an IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual port, the data-strobe-only terminal for the port
(DS0 or DS1) must be pulled to ground through a 1-kΩ resistor. The port must be operated in the IEEE
Std 1394b-2002 bilingual mode when an IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual or an IEEE Std 1394b-2002
Beta-only connector is connected to the port. To operate the port as an IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only port,
the data-strobe-only terminal (DS0 or DS1) must be pulled to 3.3-V VCC through a 1-kΩ resistor. The only
time the port must be forced to the data-strobe-only mode is if the port is connected to an IEEE Std
1394a-2000 connector (either 6 pin, which is recommended, or 4 pin). This mode is provided to ensure
that IEEE Std 1394b-2002 signaling is never sent across an IEEE Std 1394a-2000 cable.
During packet reception, the serial data bits are split into 2-, 4-, or 8-bit parallel streams by the PHY
section and sent to the link-layer controller (LLC) section. The received data is also transmitted (repeated)
on the other connected and active cable ports.
Both the twisted pair A (TPA) and the twisted pair B (TPB) cable interfaces incorporate differential
comparators to monitor the line states during initialization and arbitration when connected to an IEEE Std
1394a-2000-compliant device. The outputs of these comparators are used by the internal logic to
determine the arbitration status. The TPA channel monitors the incoming cable common-mode voltage.
The value of this common-mode voltage is used during IEEE Std 1394a-2000-mode arbitration and sets
the speed of the next packet transmission. In addition, the TPB channel monitors the incoming cable
common-mode voltage on the TPB pair for the presence of the remotely supplied twisted pair bias
(TPBIAS) voltage.
When connected to an IEEE Std 1394a-2000-compliant node, the TSB83AA23 PHY section provides a
1.86-V nominal bias voltage at the TPBIAS terminal for port termination. The PHY section contains three
independent TPBIAS circuits (one for each port). This bias voltage, when seen through a cable by a
remote receiver, indicates the presence of an active connection. This bias voltage source must be
stabilized by an external filter capacitor of 1 µF.
The line drivers in the TSB83AA23 PHY section are designed to work with external 112-Ω termination
resistor networks to match the 110-Ω cable impedance. One termination network is required at each end
of a twisted-pair cable. Each network is composed of a pair of series-connected 56-Ω resistors. The
midpoint of the pair of resistors that is connected to the TPA terminals is connected to its corresponding
TPBIAS voltage terminal. The midpoint of the pair of resistors that is directly connected to the TPB
terminals is coupled to ground through a parallel RC network, with recommended values of 5 kΩ and
270 pF. The values of the external line-termination resistors are selected to meet the standard
specifications when connected in parallel with the internal receiver circuits. A precision external resistor
connected between the R0 and R1 terminals sets the driver output current, along with other internal
operating currents.
When the power supply of the TSB83AA23 is off while the twisted-pair cables are connected, the
TSB83AA23 transmitter and receiver circuitry present to the cable a high-impedance signal that does not
load the device at the other end of the cable.
When the TSB83AA23 PHY section is used without one or more of the ports brought out to a connector,
the twisted-pair terminals of the unused ports must be terminated for reliable operation. For each unused
port, the port must be forced to the IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only mode (data-strobe-only mode), after which
the TPB+ and TPB– terminals can be tied together and then pulled to ground; or the TPB+ and TPB–
terminals can be connected to the suggested normal termination network. The TPA+ and TPA– terminals
of an unused port can be left unconnected. The TPBIAS terminal can be connected through a 1-µF
capacitor to ground or left unconnected.
The TESTM, TESTW, SE, and SM terminals are used to set up various manufacturing test conditions. For
normal operation, the TESTM and TESTW terminals must be connected to VDD through a 1-kΩ resistor.
The SE and SM terminals must be tied to ground through a 1-kΩ resistor.
12
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
www.ti.com
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Three package terminals are used as inputs to set the default value for three configuration status bits in
the self-ID packet. They can be pulled high through a 1-kΩ resistor or hardwired low as a function of the
equipment design. The PC0, PC1, and PC2 terminals indicate the default power class status for the node
(the need for power from the cable or the ability to supply power to the cable). The contender bit in the
PHY register set indicates that the node is a contender either for the isochronous resource manager (IRM)
or for the bus manager (BM). On the TSB83AA23, this bit can be set only by a write to the PHY register
set. If a node is to be a contender for IRM or BM, the node software must set this bit in the PHY register
set.
The LPS (link power status) terminal of the PHY section works with the LKON terminal to manage the
power usage in the node. The PHY_LPS signal from the LLC section is used with the LCtrl bit (see
Section 1.3.5) to indicate the active/power status of the LLC section. The LPS signal also resets, disables,
and initializes the PHY section-LLC section interface (the state of the PHY section-LLC section interface is
controlled solely by the LPS input, regardless of the state of the LCtrl bit). The LPS terminal of the PHY
section must be connected to the PHY_LPS terminal of the LLC section during normal operation.
The LPS input is considered inactive if it remains low for more than the LPS_RESET time (see the LPS
terminal definition) and is considered active otherwise. When the PHY section detects that the LPS input
is inactive, the PHY section-LLC section interface is placed into a low-power reset state in which the CTL
and D outputs are held in the logic 0 state and the LREQ input is ignored; however, the PCLK output
remains active. If the LPS input remains low for more than the LPS_DISABLE time (see the LPS terminal
definition), the PHY section-LLC section interface is put into a low-power disabled state in which the PCLK
output is also held inactive. The TSB83AA23 continues the necessary PHY repeater functions required for
normal network operation, regardless of the state of the PHY section-LLC section interface. When the
interface is in the reset or disabled state and the LPS input is again observed active, the PHY section
initializes the interface and returns to normal operation. The PHY section-LLC section interface is also
held in the disabled state during hardware reset. When the LPS terminal is returned to an active state
after being sensed as having entered the LPS_DISABLE time, the TSB83AA23 issues a bus reset. This
broadcasts the node self-ID packet, which contains the updated L bit state (the PHY section and LLC
section now being accessible).
The PHY section uses the LKON terminal to notify the LLC section to power up and become active. When
activated, the output LKON signal is a square wave. The PHY section activates the LKON output when the
LLC section is inactive and a wake-up event occurs. The LLC section is considered inactive when either
the LPS input is inactive, as previously described, or the LCtrl bit is cleared to 0. A wake-up event occurs
when a link-on PHY packet addressed to this node is received, or conditionally when a PHY interrupt
occurs. The PHY section deasserts the LKON output when the LLC section becomes active (both LPS
sensed as active and the LCtrl bit set to 1). The PHY section also deasserts the LKON output when a bus
reset occurs, unless a PHY interrupt condition exists, which would otherwise cause LKON to be active. If
the TSB83AA23 is power cycled and the power class is 0 through 4, the PHY section asserts LKON for
approximately 167 µs or until both the LPS is active and the LCtrl bit is 1.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Introduction
13
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1.3
Terminal Assignments
1.3.1
Top View
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
14
PCI_AD17
PCI_AD18
PCI_AD21
PCI_AD22
PCI_AD23
PCI_AD24
PCI_AD27
PCI_AD28
PCI_AD30
PCI_PME
PCI_CLK
PC2
PCI_RST
PCI_INTA
13
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD19
PCI_AD20
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_C/BE3
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD26
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD31
PCI_REQ
PCI_GNT
PC1
SDA
TPA2+
12
PCI_
FRAME
PCI_C/BE2
PINT
PHY_PINT
CNA
PD
TESTM
RESET
BMODE
TESTW
(VREG_PD)
PC0
G_RST
SCL
TPA2-
11
PCI_
DEVSEL
PCI_IRDY
LPS
MFUNC
REG_EN
TPB2+
10
PCI_STOP
PCI_TRDY
PHY_LPS
09
PCI_PERR
LKON/DS2 PHY_LINKON
08
PCI_SERR
LREQ
07
PCI_C/BE1
06
DVDD_3.3
DVDD_
CORE
VCCP
REG18
GND
AVDD_3.3
TPBIAS2
GND
TPB2-
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
AVDD_3.3
TPBIAS1
GND
TPA1+
PHY_LREQ
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
TPBIAS0
GND
TPA1-
PCLK
PHY_PCLK
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
PHY_CTL0
-CTL0
GND
TPB1+
PCI_PAR
LCLK
PHY_LCLK
DVDD_3.3
GND
GND
GND
VCC
AVDD_3.3
PHY_CTL1
-CTL1
GND
TPB1-
05
PCI_AD15
PCI_AD14
PCI_C/BE0
DVDD_
CORE
REG18
VCCP
VCC
AVDD_3.3
PHY_D0-D0
GND
TPA0+
04
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD13
PCI_ACK64
PHY_D1-D1
GND
TPA0-
03
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD6
PCI_AD5
PCI_AD4
PCI_
REQ64
PLLVDD_
CORE
PLLVDD_3.3
CPS
GND
GND
PHY_D7-D7
PHY_D2-D2
GND
TPB0+
02
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD7
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD3
AVDD_3.3
PLLGND
DS1
DS0
SE
GND
PHY_D6-D6
PHY_D3-D3
GND
TPB0-
01
PCI_AD9
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD1
PCI_AD0
R1
R0
RSVD (XO)
XI
SM
GND
PHY_D5-D5
PHY_D4-D4
GND
GND
14
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1.3.2
Bottom View
P
GND
TPB0-
TPB0+
TPA0-
TPA0+
TPB1-
TPB1+
TPA1-
TPA1+
TPB2-
TPB2+
TPA2-
TPA2+
PCI_INTA
N
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
REG_EN
SCL
SDA
PCI_RST
PHY_CTL1
-CTL1
PHY_CTL0
-CTL0
TPBIAS0
TPBIAS1
TPBIAS2
MFUNC
G_RST
PC1
PC2
PC0
PCI_GNT
PCI_CLK
M
PHY_D4-D4 PHY_D3-D3
PHY_D2-D2
L
PHY_D5-D5
PHY_D6-D6
PHY_D7-D7
K
GND
GND
GND
AVDD_3.3
AVDD_3.3
VCC
VCC
AVDD_3.3
AVDD_3.3
TESTW
(VREG_PD)
PCI_REQ
PCI_PME
J
SM
SE
GND
VCC
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
BMODE
PCI_AD31
PCI_AD30
H
XI
DS0
CPS
VCCP
GND
GND
GND
GND
REG18
RESET
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD28
G
RSVD (XO)
DS1
PLLVDD_3.3
REG18
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCCP
TESTM
PCI_AD26
PCI_AD27
F
R0
PLLGND
PLLVDD_
CORE
DVDD_
CORE
GND
GND
GND
GND
DVDD_
CORE
PD
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD24
E
R1
AVDD_3.3
PCI_
REQ64
DVDD_3.3
VCC
VCC
VCC
DVDD_3.3
CNA
PCI_C/BE3
PCI_AD23
D
PCI_AD0
PCI_AD3
PCI_AD4
PHY_PINT
PCI_IDSEL
PCI_AD22
C
PCI_AD1
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD5
PCI_ACK64
PCI_C/BE0
PHY_LCLK
PHY_PCLK
B
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD7
PCI_AD6
PCI_AD13
PCI_AD14
LCLK
PCLK
LREQ
A
PCI_AD9
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD15
PCI_PAR
PCI_C/BE1
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Submit Documentation Feedback
PHY_D1-D1 PHY_D0-D0
PHY_LREQ PHY_LINKON
PHY_LPS
LPS
PINT
PCI_AD20
PCI_AD21
LKON/DS2
PCI_TRDY
PCI_IRDY
PCI_C/BE2
PCI_AD19
PCI_AD18
PCI_SERR
PCI_PERR
PCI_STOP
PCI_
DEVSEL
PCI_
FRAME
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD17
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
Introduction
15
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1.3.3 Signals Sorted by Terminal Number
Terminal
Number
Signal Name
Terminal
Number
Signal Name
Terminal
Number
Signal Name
Terminal
Number
Signal Name
A01
PCI_AD9
D01
PCI_AD0
H02
DS0
M02
PHY_D3-D3
A02
PCI_AD10
D02
PCI_AD3
H03
CPS
M03
PHY_D2-D2
A03
PCI_AD11
D03
PCI_AD4
H05
VCCP
M04
PHY_D1-D1
A04
PCI_AD12
D12
PHY_PINT
H06
GND
M05
PHY_D0-D0
A05
PCI_AD15
D13
PCI_IDSEL
H07
GND
M06
PHY_CTL1-CTL1
A06
PCI_PAR
D14
PCI_AD22
H08
GND
M07
PHY_CTL0-CTL0
A07
PCI_C/BE1
E01
R1
H09
GND
M08
TPBIAS0
A08
PCI_SERR
E02
AVDD_3.3
H10
REG18
M09
TPBIAS1
A09
PCI_PERR
E03
PCI_REQ64
H12
RESET
M10
TPBIAS2
A10
PCI_STOP
E06
DVDD_3.3
H13
PCI_AD29
M11
MFUNC
A11
PCI_DEVSEL
E07
VCC
H14
PCI_AD28
M12
G_RST
A12
PCI_FRAME
E08
VCC
J01
SM
M13
PC1
A13
PCI_AD16
E09
VCC
J02
SE
M14
PC2
A14
PCI_AD17
E10
DVDD_3.3
J03
GND
N01
GND
B01
PCI_AD8
E12
CNA
J05
VCC
N02
GND
B02
PCI_AD7
E13
PCI_C/BE3
J06
VCC
N03
GND
B03
PCI_AD6
E14
PCI_AD23
J07
GND
N04
GND
B04
PCI_AD13
F01
R0
J08
GND
N05
GND
B05
PCI_AD14
F02
PLLGND
J09
GND
N06
GND
B06
LCLK
F03
PLLVDD_CORE
J10
GND
N07
GND
B07
PCLK
F05
DVDD_CORE
J12
BMODE
N08
GND
B08
LREQ
F06
GND
J13
PCI_AD31
N09
GND
B09
LKON/DS2
F07
GND
J14
PCI_AD30
N10
GND
B10
PCI_TRDY
F08
GND
K01
GND
N11
REG_EN
B11
PCI_IRDY
F09
GND
K02
GND
N12
SCL
B12
PCI_C/BE2
F10
DVDD_CORE
K03
GND
N13
SDA
B13
PCI_AD19
F12
PD
K05
AVDD_3.3
N14
PCI_RST
B14
PCI_AD18
F13
PCI_AD25
K06
AVDD_3.3
P01
GND
C01
PCI_AD1
F14
PCI_AD24
K07
VCC
P02
TPB0–
C02
PCI_AD2
G01
RSVD (X0)
K08
VCC
P03
TPB0+
C03
PCI_AD5
G02
DS1
K09
AVDD_3.3
P04
TPA0–
C04
PCI_ACK64
G03
PLLVDD_3.3
K10
AVDD_3.3
P05
TPA0+
C05
PCI_C/BE0
G05
REG18
K12
TESTW
(VREG_PD)
P06
TPB1–
C06
PHY_LCLK
G06
GND
K13
PCI_REQ
P07
TPB1+
C07
PHY_PCLK
G07
GND
K14
PCI_PME
P08
TPA1–
C08
PHY_LREQ
G08
GND
L01
PHY_D5-D5
P09
TPA1+
C09
PHY_LINKON
G09
GND
L02
PHY_D6-D6
P10
TPB2–
C10
PHY_LPS
G10
VCCP
L03
PHY_D7-D7
P11
TPB2+
C11
LPS
G12
TESTM
L12
PC0
P12
TPA2–
C12
PINT
G13
PCI_AD26
L13
PCI_GNT
P13
TPA2+
C13
PCI_AD20
G14
PCI_AD27
L14
PCI_CLK
P14
PCI_INTA
C14
PCI_AD21
H01
XI
M01
PHY_D4-D4
16
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1.3.4 Signals Sorted by Name
Signal Name
AVDD_3.3
Terminal
Number
E02, K05,
Signal Name
Signal Name
Terminal
Number
Signal Name
Terminal
Number
H11, J04,
PCI_AD29
H13
PHY_PINT
D12
K06, K09,
J11, K04,
PCI_AD30
J14
PINT
C12
K10
K11, L04,
PCI_AD31
J13
PLLGND
F02
BMODE
J12
L05, L06,
PCI_C/BE0
C05
PLLVDD_3.3
G03
CNA
E12
L07, L08
PCI_C/BE1
A07
PLLVDD_ CORE
F03
CPS
H03
L09, L10,
PCI_C/BE2
B12
R0
F01
DS0
H02
L11
PCI_C/BE3
E13
R1
E01
DS1
G02
PC0
L12
PCI_CLK
L14
REG18
G05, H10
DVDD_3.3
E06, E10
PC1
M13
PCI_DEVSEL
A11
REG_EN
N11
DVDD_CORE
F05, F10
PC2
M14
PCI_FRAME
A12
RESET
H12
G_RST
M12
PCI_ACK64
C04
PCI_GNT
L13
SCL
N12
GND
F06, F07,
PCI_AD0
D01
PCI_IDSEL
D13
SDA
N13
F08, F09,
PCI_AD1
C01
PCI_INTA
P14
SE
J02
G06, G07,
PCI_AD2
C02
PCI_IRDY
B11
SM
J01
G08, G09,
PCI_AD3
D02
PCI_PAR
A06
TESTM
G12
H06, H07,
PCI_AD4
D03
PCI_PERR
A09
TESTW
(VREG_PD)
K12
H08, H09,
PCI_AD5
C03
PCI_PME
K14
TPA0–
P04
J03, J07,
PCI_AD6
B03
PCI_REQ
K13
TPA0+
P05
J08, J09,
PCI_AD7
B02
PCI_REQ64
E03
TPA1–
P08
J10, K01,
PCI_AD8
B01
PCI_RST
N14
TPA1+
P09
K02, K03,
PCI_AD9
A01
PCI_SERR
A08
TPA2–
P12
N01, N02,
PCI_AD10
A02
PCI_STOP
A10
TPA2+
P13
N03, N04,
PCI_AD11
A03
PCI_TRDY
B10
TPB0–
P02
N05, N06,
PCI_AD12
A04
PCLK
B07
TPB0+
P03
N07, N08,
PCI_AD13
B04
PD
F12
TPB1–
P06
N09, N10,
PCI_AD14
B05
PHY_CTL0-CTL0 M07
TPB1+
P07
P01
PCI_AD15
A05
PHY_CTL1-CTL1 M06
TPB2–
P10
LCKL
B06
PCI_AD16
A13
PHY_D0-D0
M05
TPB2+
P11
LKON/DS2
B09
PCI_AD17
A14
PHY_D1-D1
M04
TPBIAS0
M08
LPS
C11
PCI_AD18
B14
PHY_D2-D2
M03
TPBIAS1
M09
LREQ
B08
PC1_AD19
B13
PHY_D3-D3
M02
TPBIAS2
M10
MFUNC
M11
PCI_AD20
C13
PHY_D4-D4
M01
VCC
E07, E08,
N.C.
D04, D05,
PCI_AD21
C14
PHY_D5-D5
L01
E09, J05,
D06, D07,
PCI_AD22
D14
PHY_D6-D6
L02
J06, K07,
D08, D09,
PCI_AD23
E14
PHY_D7-D7
L03
D10, D11,
PCI_AD24
F14
PHY_LCLK
C06
VCCP
G10, H05
E04, E05,
PCI_AD25
F13
PHY_LINKON
C09
XI
H01
E11, F04,
PCI_AD26
G13
PHY_LPS
C10
RSVD (XO)
G01
F11, G04,
PCI_AD27
G14
PHY_LREQ
C08
G11, H04,
PCI_AD28
H14
PHY_PCLK
C07
Submit Documentation Feedback
N.C.
Terminal
Number
K08
Introduction
17
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
1.3.5 Terminal Functions
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
I/O
DESCRIPTION
Power Supply
AVDD_3.3
E02, K05, K06,
K09, K10
Analog circuit power. A combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near each
terminal is suggested, such as paralleled 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. Lower-frequency 10-µF
filtering capacitors also are recommended. These supply terminals are separated from the
other power terminals internal to the device to provide noise isolation. The PLLVDD_3.3,
AVDD_3.3, and DVDD_3.3 terminals must be tied together with a low-dc-impedance
connection on the circuit board.
DVDD_CORE
F05, F10
Digital 1.95-V circuit power. A combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near
each terminal is suggested, such as paralleled 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. An additional 1-µF
capacitor is required for voltage regulation. These supply terminals are separated from the
other power terminals internal to the device to provide noise isolation.
DVDD_3.3
E06, E10
Digital 3.3-V circuit power. A combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near
each terminal is suggested, such as paralleled 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. Lower-frequency
10-µF filtering capacitors also are recommended. The DVDD_3.3 terminals must be tied
together at a low-impedance point on the circuit board. These supply terminals are
separated from the other power terminals internal to the device to provide noise isolation.
The PLLVDD_3.3, AVDD_3.3, and DVDD_3.3 terminals must be tied together with a
low-dc-impedance connection on the circuit board.
F06, F07, F08,
F09, G06, G07,
G08, G09, H06,
H07, H08, H09,
J03, J07, J08,
J09, J10, K01,
K02, K03, N01,
N02, N03, N04,
N05, N06, N07,
N08, N09, N10,
P01
Ground. These terminals must be tied together to the low-impedance circuit-board ground
plane.
GND
PLLGND
F02
PLL circuit ground. These terminals must be tied together to the low-impedance
circuit-board ground plane.
PLLVDD_CORE
F03
PLL 1.95-V circuit power. A combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near each
terminal is suggested, such as paralleled 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. An additional 1-µF capacitor
is required for voltage regulation, and the PLLVDD_CORE terminals must be separate from
the DVDD_CORE terminals. These supply terminals are separated from the other power
terminals internal to the device to provide noise isolation.
PLLVDD_3.3
G03
PLL 3.3-V circuit power. A combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near the
terminal is suggested, such as paralleled 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. Lower-frequency 10-µF
filtering capacitors also are recommended. This supply terminal is separated from the other
power terminals internal to the device to provide noise isolation. The DVDD_3.3 terminals
must be tied together at a low-impedance point on the circuit board. The PLLVDD_3.3,
AVDD_3.3, and DVDD_3.3 terminals must be tied together with a low-dc-impedance
connection.
G05, H10
The REG18 terminals are connected to the internal 1.8-V LLC-section core voltage. They
provide local bypass for the internal core voltage or to provide 1.8 V to the core externally if
the internal regulator is disabled.
REG18
REG_EN
VCC
I
E07, E08, E09,
J05, J06, K07,
K08
VCCP
18
N11
G10, H05
Introduction
Regulator enable. When this terminal is low, the internal 1.8-V regulator is enabled and
generates the 1.8-V internal core voltage from the 3.3-V supply voltage. If it is disabled by
pulling the terminal high through a 10-kΩ or smaller resistor, 1.8 V must be provided to the
REG18 terminals for normal operation.
3.3-V power supply. A parallel combination of high-frequency decoupling capacitors near
each terminal is suggested, such as 0.1-µF and 0.001-µF. Lower-frequency 10-µF filtering
capacitors also are recommended. They must be tied to a low-impedance point on the
circuit board.
I
PCI signaling clamp voltage power. PCI signals are clamped to this power rail per the PCI
Local Bus Specification. In addition, if a 5-V ROM is used, the VCCP terminal must be
connected to 5 V.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
I/O
DESCRIPTION
PHY Section-LLC Section Interface
BMODE
J12
I
Beta-mode. This terminal determines the PHY section-LLC section interface connection
protocol. When this terminal is a logic high (asserted), the PHY section-LLC section
interface complies with the IEEE Std 1394b-2002 revision 1.33 Beta interface. When a logic
low (deasserted), the PHY section-LLC section interface complies with the legacy IEEE Std
1394a-2000. This terminal must be pulled high with a 1-kΩ resistor during normal (Beta
mode) operation.
PHY_CTL1-CTL1
PHY_CTL0-CTL0
M06
M07
I/O
Control I/Os. These bidirectional control bus signals indicate the phase of operation of the
PHY section-LLC section interface. On a reset of the interface, this bus is driven by the PHY
section. When driven by the PHY section, information on PHY_CTL0 and PHY_CTL1 is
synchronous to PHY_PCLK. When driven by the LLC section, information on PHY_CTL0
and PHY_CTL1 is synchronous to PHY_LCLK.
These terminals are connected internally in the TSB83AA23 and should be left unconnected
on the board.
PHY_D7-D7
PHY_D6-D6
PHY_D5-D5
PHY_D4-D4
PHY_D3-D3
PHY_D2-D2
PHY_D1-D1
PHY_D0-D0
L03
L02
L01
M01
M02
M03
M04
M05
I/O
LCLK
B06
I
LLC-section clock. 98.304-MHz clock signal to synchronize data transfers from the link layer
to the PHY when the PHY section-LLC section interface is in the IEEE Std 1394b-2002
mode. A bus holder is built into this terminal. This terminal must be connected to the
PHY_LCLK output terminal of the LLC section.
PHY_LCLK
C06
O
LLC-section clock. PHY_LCLK is an output from the LLC section that is generated from the
incoming PHY_PCLK signal. PHY_LCLK is frequency-locked to PHY_PCLK and
synchronizes data and information generated by the LLC section. This terminal must be
connected to the LCLK input terminal of the PHY section.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Data I/Os. These bidirectional data bus signals carry 1394 packet data, packet speed, and
grant-type information between the PHY section and the LLC section. On a reset of the
interface, this bus is driven by the PHY section. When driven by the PHY section,
information on PHY_D7 through PHY_D0 is synchronous to PHY_PCLK. When driven by
the LLC section, information on PHY_D7 through PHY_D0 is synchronous to PHY_LCLK.
These terminals are connected internally in the TSB83AA23 and should be left unconnected
on your board.
Introduction
19
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
LKON/DS2
B09
I/O
DESCRIPTION
I/O
Link-on notification/Data-Strobe-only select. It is necessary to pull the terminal high through
a 470-Ω or smaller resistor.
This terminal also must be connected to the PHY_LINKON input terminal of the LLC section
via a 1-kΩ series resistor. A bus holder is built into this terminal.
At power up reset if DS2 is sampled, high port 2 operates in Data Strobe only mode. If DS2
is sampled low port 2 operates in bilingual mode. After hardware reset, this terminal is the
link-on output, which notifies the LLC section or other power-up logic to power up and
become active. The link-on output is a square-wave signal with a period of approximately
163 ns (eight PCLK cycles) when active. The link-on output is otherwise driven low, except
during hardware reset when it is in a high impedance state.
The link-on output is activated if the LLC section is inactive (the LPS input inactive or the
LCtrl bit cleared) and when any of the following occurs:
a) The TSB83AA23 receives a link-on PHY packet addressed to this node.
b) The PEI (port-event interrupt) register bit is 1.
c) Any of the configuration-timeout interrupt (CTOI), cable-power-status interrupt
(CPSI), or state-time-out interrupt (STOI) register bits are 1 and the
resuming-port interrupt enable (RPIE) register bit also is 1.
d) The PHY is power cycled and the power class is 0 through 4.
Once activated, the link-on output is active until the LLC section becomes active (both the
LPS input active and the LCtrl bit set). The PHY section also deasserts the link-on output
when a bus reset occurs unless the link-on output is otherwise active because one of the
interrupt bits is set (that is, the link-on output is active due solely to the reception of a link-on
PHY packet)
In the case of power cycling, the LKON signal must stop after 167 µs if the previous
conditions have not been met.
NOTE: If an interrupt condition exists, which otherwise causes the link-on output to be
activated if the LLC section were inactive, the link-on output is activated when the LLC
section subsequently becomes inactive.
DS2 is the Data-strobe-only mode for port 2 1394a-2000-only programming terminal. On
hardware reset, this terminal determines whether port 2 acts like an IEEE Std 1394b-2002
bilingual port (terminal at logic 0) or as an IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only port (terminal at logic
1). Programming is accomplished by tying the terminal low through a 1-kΩ or smaller
resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual mode) or high through a 10-kΩ or smaller
resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only mode). A bus holder is built into this terminal.
PHY_LINKON
C09
I/O
Link-on notification. PHY_LINKON is an input to the LLC section from the PHY section that
is used to provide notification that a link-on packet has been received or an event, such as
a port connection, has occurred. This input has meaning only when LPS is disabled. This
includes the D0 (uninitialized), D2, and D3 power states. If PHY_LINKON becomes active in
the D0 (uninitialized), D2, or D3 power state, the TSB83AA23 device sets bit 15
(PME_STS) in the power-management control and status register in the PCI configuration
space at offset 48h (see Section 6.1.26, Power Management Control and Status Register).
This terminal must be connected to the LKON/DS2 input/output terminal of the PHY section.
20
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
LPS
C11
I/O
DESCRIPTION
I
LLC-section power status. This terminal monitors the active/power status of the LLC section
and controls the state of the PHY section-LLC section interface. This terminal must be
connected to the PHY_LPS output of the LLC section, and must be pulled low with a 10-kΩ
resistor during normal operation.
The LPS input is considered inactive if it is sampled low by the PHY section for more than
an LPS_RESET time (~2.6 µs), and is considered active otherwise (that is, asserted steady
high or an oscillating signal with a low time less than 2.6 µs). The LPS input must be high
for at least 22 ns to be observed as high by the PHY section.
When the PHY section detects that the LPS input is inactive, it places the PHY section-LLC
section interface into a low-power reset state. In the reset state, the CTL (CTL0 and CTL1)
and D (D0 to D7) outputs are held in the logic 0 state and the LREQ input is ignored;
however, the PCLK output remains active. If the LPS input remains low for more than an
LPS_DISABLE time (~26 µs), the PHY section-LLC section interface is put into a low-power
disabled state in which the PCLK output also is held inactive. The PHY section-LLC section
interface is placed into the disabled state on hardware reset.
The LLC section state that is communicated in the self-ID packet is considered active only if
both the LPS input is active and the LCtrl register bit is set to 1. The LLC-section state that
is communicated in the self-ID packet is considered inactive if either the LPS input is
inactive or the LCtrl register bit is cleared to 0.
This terminal must be connected to the PHY_LPS output of the LLC section, and must be
pulled low with a 10-kΩ resistor during normal operation.
PHY_LPS
C10
O
LREQ
B08
I
LLC-section power status. PHY_LPS is an output from the LLC section that, when active,
indicates that the LLC section is powered and capable of maintaining communications over
the PHY section-LLC section interface. When this signal is inactive, it indicates that the LLC
section is not powered or that the LLC section has not been initialized by software. This
signal is active when bit 19 (LPS) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset
50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) has been set by software
according to the initialization as specified in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface
specification. When active, the signal is nominally a 2-MHz pulse.
This terminal must be connected to the LPS input of the PHY section.
LLC-section request. The LLC section uses this input to initiate a service request to the
PHY section.
This terminal must be connected to the PHY_LREQ output of the LLC section. A bus holder
is built into this terminal
PHY_LREQ
C08
O
PCLK
B07
O
LLC-section request. PHY_LREQ is a serial output from the LLC section to the PHY section
used to request packet transmissions, read and write PHY section registers, and to indicate
the occurrence of certain link events that are relevant to the PHY section. Information
encoded on PHY_LREQ is synchronous to PHY_LCLK.
This terminal must be connected to the LREQ input of the PHY section.
PHY-section clock. Provides a 98.304-MHz clock signal, synchronized with data transfers,
to the LLC when the PHY section-LLC section interface is operating in the IEEE Std
1394b-2002 mode (BMODE asserted).
This terminal must be connected to the PHY_PCLK input of the LLC section.
PHY_PCLK
C07
I
PINT
C12
O
PHY-section clock. PHY_PCLK is an input to the LLC section from the PHY section that,
when active, provides a nominal 98.304-MHz clock with a 50/50 duty cycle or 40/60 duty
cycle depending on port modes used).
This terminal must be connected to the PCLK output of the PHY section.
PHY-section interrupt. The PHY section uses this output to transfer status and interrupt
information serially to the LLC section.
This terminal must be connected to the PHY_PINT input of the LLC section. A bus holder is
built into this terminal.
PHY_PINT
D12
I
PHY-section interrupt. PHY_PINT is a serial input to the LLC section from the PHY section
that is used to transfer status, register, interrupt, and other information to the link.
Information encoded on PHY_PINT is synchronous to PHY_PCLK.
This terminal must be connected to the PINT output of the PHY section.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Introduction
21
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
I/O
DESCRIPTION
PHY Section Cable Interface
CNA
E12
O
Cable not active. This terminal is asserted high when there are no ports receiving incoming
bias voltage. When any port receives bias, this terminal goes low.
CPS
H03
I
Cable power status. This terminal is normally connected to cable power through a 400-kΩ
resistor. This circuit drives an internal comparator that detects the presence of cable power.
This transition from cable power sensed to cable power not sensed can be used to generate
an interrupt.
DS0
H02
I
Data-strobe-only mode for port 0. IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only port-0-enable programming
terminal. On hardware reset, this terminal allows the user to select whether port 0 acts like
an IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual port (terminal at logic 0) or as an IEEE Std
1394a-2000-only port (terminal at logic 1). Programming is accomplished by tying the
terminal low through a 1-kΩ or smaller resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual
mode) or high through a 10-kΩ or smaller resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only
mode). A bus holder is built into this terminal.
DS1
G02
I
Data-strobe-only mode for port 1. IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only port-1-enable programming
terminal. On hardware reset, this terminal allows the user to select whether port 1 acts like
an IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual port (terminal at logic 0) or as an IEEE Std
1394a-2000-only port (terminal at logic 1). Programming is accomplished by tying the
terminal low through a 1-kΩ or smaller resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394b-2002 bilingual
mode) or high through a 10-kΩ or smaller resistor (to enable IEEE Std 1394a-2000-only
mode). A bus holder is built into this terminal.
PC0
PC1
PC2
L12
M13
M14
I
Power class programming. On hardware reset, these inputs set the default value of the
power class indicated during self-ID. Programming is done by tying the terminals high
through a 1-kΩ or smaller resistor or by tying directly to ground through a 1-kΩ or smaller
resistor. Bus holders are built into these terminals.
TPA0–
TPA0+
TPB0–
TPB0+
P04
P05
P02
P03
I/O
Port 0 twisted-pair differential signal. Board traces from each pair of positive and negative
differential signal terminals must be kept matched and as short as possible to the external
load resistors and to the cable connector.
TPA1–
TPA1+
TPB1–
TPB1+
P08
P09
P06
P07
I/O
Port 1 twisted-pair differential signal. Board traces from each pair of positive and negative
differential signal terminals must be kept matched and as short as possible to the external
load resistors and to the cable connector.
TPA2–
TPA2+
TPB2–
TPB2+
P12
P13
P10
P11
I/O
Port 2 twisted-pair differential signal. Board traces from each pair of positive and negative
differential signal terminals must be kept matched and as short as possible to the external
load resistors and to the cable connector.
TPBIAS0
TPBIAS1
TPBIAS2
M08
M09
M10
O
Twisted-pair bias output. This provides the 1.86-V nominal bias voltage needed for proper
operation of the twisted-pair cable drivers and receivers, and for signaling to the remote
nodes that there is an active cable connection in IEEE Std 1394a-2000 mode. Each of
these terminals, except for an unused port, must be decoupled with a 1-µF capacitor to
ground. For the unused port, this terminal can be left unconnected.
Reset, Clock, and Miscellaneous Terminals
G_RST
M12
I
Global power reset. This reset brings all of the TSB83AA23 internal LLC-section registers to
their default states, including those registers not reset by PCI_RST. When G_RST is
asserted, the LLC section is completely nonfunctional. Additionally, G_RST must be
asserted a minimum of 2 ms after both 3.3 V and 1.8 V are valid at the device.
When implementing wake capabilities from the 1394 host controller, it is necessary to
implement two resets to the TSB83AA23 device. G_RST is designed to be a one-time
power-on reset, and PCI_RST must be connected to the PCI bus RST.
MFUNC
22
Introduction
M11
I/O
Multifunction. MFUNC is a multifunction terminal whose function is selected via the
multifunction select register:
Bits 2–0
Function
000
General-purpose input/output (GPIO)
001
CYCLEIN
010
CYCLEOUT
011
PCI_CLKRUN
100–111
Reserved
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
I/O
DESCRIPTION
N14
I
PCI reset. When this bus reset is asserted, the TSB83AA23 device places all LLC-section
output buffers in a high-impedance state and resets all LLC-section internal registers except
device power-management context and vendor-specific bits initialized by host power-on
software. When PCI_RST is asserted, the LLC section is completely nonfunctional. This
terminal must be connected to PCI bus RST.
PD
F12
I
Power down. A high on this terminal turns off all internal circuitry, except the cable-active
monitor circuits that control the CNA output. Asserting PD high also activates an internal
pulldown on the RESET terminal to force a reset of the internal control logic.
RESET
H12
I
Logic reset. Asserting this terminal low resets the internal logic. An internal pullup resistor to
VDD is provided so only an external delay capacitor is required for proper power-up
operation (see Power-Up Reset, Section 4.2). The RESET terminal also incorporates an
internal pulldown which is activated when the PD input is asserted high. This input is
otherwise a standard logic input, and also can be driven by an open-drain type driver.
R0
R1
F01
E01
SCL
N12
NAME
NO.
PCI_RST
Current-setting resistor. These terminals are connected to a precision external resistance to
set the internal operating currents and cable driver output currents. A resistance of 6.34 kΩ
±1% is required to meet IEEE Std 1394-1995 output voltage limits.
I/O
Serial clock. This terminal provides the SCL serial clock signaling.
ROM is implemented: Connect terminal 3 to the SCL terminal on the ROM; the 2.7-kΩ
resistor pulls this signal to the ROM VCC. (SDA is implemented as open drain.)
ROM is not implemented. Connect terminal 3 to ground with a 220-Ω resistor.
SDA
N13
I/O
Serial data. This terminal provides the SDA serial data signaling. This terminal is sampled at
G_RST to determine if a serial ROM is implemented; thus if no ROM is implemented, then
this terminal must be connected to ground.
ROM is implemented: Connect terminal 4 to the SDA terminal on the ROM; the 2.7-kΩ
resistor pulls this signal to the ROM VCC. (SDA is implemented as open drain.)
ROM is not implemented. Connect terminal 4 to ground with a 220-Ω resistor.
SE
J02
I
Test control. This input is used in the manufacturing test of the TSB83AA23. For normal
use, this terminal must be pulled low either through a 1-kΩ resistor to GND or directly to
GND.
SM
J01
I
Test control. This input is used in the manufacturing test of the TSB83AA23. For normal
use, this terminal must be pulled low either through a 1-kΩ resistor to GND or directly to
GND.
TESTM
G12
I
Test control. This input is used in the manufacturing test of the TSB83AA23. For normal
use, this terminal must be pulled high through a 1-kΩ resistor to VDD.
TESTW
(VREG_PD)
K12
I
Test control. This input is used in the manufacturing test of the TSB83AA23. For normal
use, this terminal must be pulled high through a 1-kΩ resistor to VDD.
XI
H01
I
Oscillator input. This terminal connects to a 98.304-MHz low-jitter external oscillator. XI is a
1.8-V CMOS input. Oscillator jitter must be 5-ps RMS or better. If only 3.3-V oscillators can
be acquired, great care must be taken to not introduce significant jitter by the means used
to level shift from 3.3 V to 1.8 V. If a resistor divider is used, a high-current oscillator and
low-value resistors must be used to minimize RC time constants.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Introduction
23
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
I/O
DESCRIPTION
32-Bit PCI Bus Interface
PCI_AD31
PCI_AD30
PCI_AD29
PCI_AD28
PCI_AD27
PCI_AD26
PCI_AD25
PCI_AD24
PCI_AD23
PCI_AD22
PCI_AD21
PCI_AD20
PCI_AD19
PCI_AD18
PCI_AD17
PCI_AD16
PCI_AD15
PCI_AD14
PCI_AD13
PCI_AD12
PCI_AD11
PCI_AD10
PCI_AD9
PCI_AD8
PCI_AD7
PCI_AD6
PCI_AD5
PCI_AD4
PCI_AD3
PCI_AD2
PCI_AD1
PCI_AD0
J13
J14
H13
H14
G14
G13
F13
F14
E14
D14
C14
C13
B13
B14
A14
A13
A05
B05
B04
A04
A03
A02
A01
B01
B02
B03
C03
D03
D02
C02
C01
D01
I/O
PCI_C/BE0
PCI_C/BE1
PCI_C/BE2
PCI_C/BE3
C05
A07
B12
E13
I/O
PCI_CLK
L14
I
PCI_DEVSEL
A11
I/O
PCI device select. The TSB83AA23 device asserts this signal to claim a PCI cycle as the
target device. As a PCI initiator, the TSB83AA23 device monitors this signal until a target
responds. If no target responds before time-out occurs, the TSB83AA23 device terminates
the cycle with an initiator abort.
PCI_FRAME
A12
I/O
PCI cycle frame. This signal is driven by the initiator of a PCI bus cycle. PCI_FRAME is
asserted to indicate that a bus transaction is beginning, and data transfers continue while
this signal is asserted. When PCI_FRAME is deasserted, the PCI bus transaction is in the
final data phase.
PCI_GNT
L13
I
PCI bus grant. This signal is driven by the PCI bus arbiter to grant the TSB83AA23 device
access to the PCI bus after the current data transaction has completed. This signal may or
may not follow a PCI bus request, depending on the PCI bus parking algorithm.
PCI_IDSEL
D13
I
PCI initialization device select. PCI_IDSEL selects the TSB83AA23 device during
configuration space accesses. PCI_IDSEL can be connected to one of the upper 24 PCI
address lines on the PCI bus.
PCI_INTA
P14
O
PCI interrupt. This output indicates interrupts from the TSB83AA23 device to the host. This
terminal is implemented as open drain.
PCI_IRDY
B11
I/O
PCI initiator ready. PCI_IRDY indicates the ability of the PCI bus initiator to complete the
current data phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of
PCI_CLK where both PCI_IRDY and PCI_TRDY are asserted.
PCI_PAR
A06
I/O
PCI parity. In all PCI bus read and write cycles, the TSB83AA23 device calculates even
parity across the PCI_AD31–PCI_AD0 and PCI_C/BE0–PCI_C/BE3 buses. As an initiator
during PCI cycles, the TSB83AA23 device outputs this parity indicator with a one-PCI_CLK
delay. As a target during PCI cycles, the calculated parity is compared to the initiator parity
indicator; a miscompare can result in a parity error assertion (PCI_PERR).
24
Introduction
PCI address/data bus. These signals make up the multiplexed PCI address and data on the
PCI interface. During the address phase of a PCI cycle, AD31–AD0 contain a 32-bit
address or other destination information. During the data phase, AD31–AD0 contain data.
PCI bus commands and byte enables. The command and byte enable signals are
multiplexed on the same PCI terminals. During the address phase of a bus cycle,
PCI_C/BE3–PCI_C/BE0 define the bus command. During the data phase, this 4-bit bus is
used as a byte enable.
PCI bus clock. Provides timing for all transactions on the PCI bus. All PCI signals are
sampled at the rising edge of PCI_CLK.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
TERMINAL
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
NO.
PCI_PERR
A09
I/O
PCI parity error indicator. This signal is driven by a PCI device to indicate that calculated
parity does not match PCI_PAR and/or PCI_PAR64 when PERR_ENB (bit 6) is set to 1 in
the command register at offset 04h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.3,
Command Register).
PCI_PME
K14
O
This terminal indicates wake events to the host. It is an open-drain signal that is asserted
when PME_STS is asserted and bit 8 (PME_ENB) in the PCI power management control
and status register at offset 48h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.26, Power
Management Control and Status Register) has been set. Bit 15 (PME_STS) in the PCI
power management control and status register is set due to any unmasked interrupt in the
D0 (active) or D1 power state, and on a PHY_LINKON indication in the D2, D3, or D0
(uninitialized) power state.
PCI_REQ
K13
O
PCI bus request. Asserted by the TSB83AA23 device to request access to the bus as an
initiator. The host arbiter asserts PCI_GNT when the TSB83AA23 device has been granted
access to the bus.
PCI_SERR
A08
O
PCI system error. When SERR_ENB (bit 8) in the command register at offset 04h in the PCI
configuration space (see Section 6.1.3, Command Register) is set to 1, the output is pulsed,
indicating an address parity error has occurred. The TSB83AA23 device need not be the
target of the PCI cycle to assert this signal. This terminal is implemented as open drain.
PCI_STOP
A10
I/O
PCI cycle stop. This signal is driven by a PCI target to request the initiator to stop the
current PCI bus transaction. This signal is used for target disconnects, and is commonly
asserted by target devices that do not support burst data transfers.
PCI_TRDY
B10
I/O
PCI target ready. PCI_TRDY indicates the ability of the PCI bus target to complete the
current data phase of the transaction. A data phase is completed on a rising edge of
PCI_CLK where both PCI_IRDY and PCI_TRDY are asserted.
PCI_ACK64
C04
I
PCI bus 64-bit transfer acknowledge. This terminal should be pulled high to VDD through a
4.7-kΩ resistor.
PCI_REQ64
E03
I
PCI bus request for 64-bit transfer. This terminal should be pulled high to VDD through a
4.7-kΩ resistor.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Introduction
25
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
2
Electrical Characteristics
2.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
over operating temperature ranges (unless otherwise noted)
MIN
MAX
–0.3
3.6
V
Supply voltage range
–0.5
5.5
V
Input voltage range (2)
–0.5 VSUP + 0.5
V
VI
Input voltage range for PCI
–0.5 VCCP + 0.5
mA
VO
Output voltage range at any output
–0.5 VSUP + 0.5
mA
TA
Operating free-air temperature range
Tstg
Storage temperature range
VSUP
Supply voltage range (3.3-V supplies) (2)
VCCP
VI
(1)
(2)
AVDD_3.3, DVDD_3.3, PLLVDD_3.3, VCC
UNIT
0
70
°C
–65
150
°C
Stresses beyond those listed under "absolute maximum ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under "recommended operating
conditions" is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltage values, except differential I/O bus voltages, are with respect to network ground.
2.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
VSUP
Supply voltage,
3.3-V
VDD
Supply voltage,
core
VCCP
PCI I/O
clamping voltage
Source power node
Nonsource power node
3.3-V operation
5-V operation
LREQ, CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, LCLK
LKON, PC0, PC1, PC2, PD, BMODE
High-level
input voltage
VIH
RESET
NOM (1)
MAX
3
3.3
3.6
3 (2)
3.3
3.6
1.85
1.95
2.05
3
3.3
3.6
4.5
5
5.5
2.6
(3)
PHY_PINT, PHY_CTL0, PHY_CTL1, PHY_D0–PHY_D7,
PHY_PCLK (3)
VCCP
2
VCCP
2
3.6
1.2
(3)
0
0.325 VCCP
0
0.8
0
0.8
IOL/OH
Output current
CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, CNA, LKON, PINT, PCLK
IO
Output current
TPBIAS outputs
RθJA = 63.9°C/W, PHY section,
TA = 70°C
102.6
TJ
Maximum junction
temperature
(see RθJA values
listed in thermal
characteristics
table)
RθJA = 51.6°C/W, LLC section,
TA = 70°C
96.5
26
V
0.3 VSUP
PCI interface, 3.3 V (3)
PHY_PINT, PHY_CTL0, PHY_CTL1, PHY_D0–PHY_D7,
PHY_PCLK (3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
V
0.2 VSUP
RESET
PCI interface, 5 V
V
3.6
0.475 VCCP
LKON, PC0, PC1, PC2, PD, BMODE
Low-level
input voltage
V
0.7 VSUP
LREQ, CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, LCLK
VIL
UNIT
0.6 VSUP
PCI interface, 3.3 V (3)
PCI interface, 5 V
MIN
V
–4
4
mA
–5.6
1.3
mA
°C
All nominal values are at VDD = 3.3 V and TA = 25°C.
For a node that does not source power; see Section 4.2.2.2 in IEEE Std 1394a-2000.
Applies to external inputs and bidirectional buffers without hysteresis
Electrical Characteristics
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Recommended Operating Conditions (continued)
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
TA
Operating ambient
temperature
MIN
NOM (1)
MAX
0
25
70
UNIT
°C
1394b differential
input voltage
Cable inputs, during data reception
1394a differential
input voltage
Cable inputs
VIC
1394a
common-mode
input voltage
TPB cable inputs
tpu
Power-up reset
time
RESET input
VI
PCI input voltage
PCI interface, 3.3 V
0
VCCP
V
VO
PCI output
voltage (5)
PCI interface, 3.3 V
0
VCCP
V
tt
Input transition
time (tr and tf)
PCI interface
0
6
ns
VID
200
800
During data reception
118
260
During arbitration
168
265
Source power node
0.4706
2.515
Nonsource power node
0.4706
2.015 (2)
2 (4)
S100 operation
1394a receive
input jitter
1394a receive
input skew
(4)
(5)
TPA, TPB cable inputs
Between TPA and TPB cable
inputs
mV
V
ms
±1.08
S200 operation
±0.5
S400 operation
±0.315
S100 operation
±0.8
S200 operation
±0.55
S400 operation
±0.5
ns
ns
Time after valid clock received at PHY XI input terminal
Applies to external output buffers
Submit Documentation Feedback
Electrical Characteristics
27
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
2.3
Electrical Characteristics, PHY Driver
over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
1394a differential output voltage
VOD
TEST CONDITIONS
56 Ω, See Figure 2-1
MIN
TYP
172
265
1394b differential output voltage
IDIFF
Driver difference current
(TPA+, TPA–, TPB+, TPB–)
ISP200
MAX
700
UNIT
mV
–1.05 (1)
1.05 (1)
mA
Common-mode speed signaling current
S200 speed signaling enabled
(TPB+, TPB–)
–4.84 (2)
–2.53 (2)
mA
ISP400
Common-mode speed signaling current
S400 speed signaling enabled
(TPB+, TPB–)
–12.4 (2)
–8.1 (2)
mA
VOFF
Off-state differential voltage
20
mV
VCM
1394b common-mode voltage
(1)
(2)
Drivers enabled, Speed signaling off
Drivers disabled, See Figure 2-1
1.5
V
Limits are defined as the algebraic sum of TPA+ and TPA– driver currents. Limits also apply to TPB+ and TPB– algebraic sum of driver
currents.
Limits are defined as the absolute limit of each of TPB+ and TPB– driver currents.
2.4
Electrical Characteristics, PHY Receiver
over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
ZID
Differential impedance
Drivers disabled
ZIC
Common-mode impedance
Drivers disabled
VTH-R
Receiver input threshold voltage
Drivers disabled
VTH–CB
Cable bias detect threshold, TPBx cable
inputs
VTH+
VTH–
VTH–SP200
VTH–SP400
28
MIN
TYP
4
7
MAX
UNIT
kΩ
4
20
pF
kΩ
24
pF
–30
30
mV
Drivers disabled
0.6
1
V
Positive arbitration comparator threshold
voltage
Drivers disabled
89
168
mV
Negative arbitration comparator threshold
voltage
Drivers disabled
–168
–89
mV
Speed signal threshold
TPBIAS–TPA common-mode voltage,
Drivers disabled
49
131
314
396
Electrical Characteristics
mV
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
2.5
Electrical Characteristics, General
PARAMETER
TYP
MAX
3.3 VDD (1)
91
120
Core VDD (1)
68
75
IDD
Supply current
VTH
Power status threshold, CPS input (2)
High-level output
voltage
VOH
TEST CONDITIONS
400-kΩ resistor (2)
4.7
CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, CNA,
LKON, PCLK outputs
VDD = 3 V to 3.6 V,
IOH = –4 mA
2.8
PHY_CTL0, PHY_CTL1,
PHY_D0–PHY_D7,
PHY_LINKON, PHY_LCLK,
PHY_LPS
IOH = –4 mA
2.8
IOH = –8 mA
VCC – 0.6
IOH = –2 mA
0.9 VCC
2.4
IOL = 4 mA
0.4
PHY_CTL0, PHY_CTL1,
PHY_D0–PHY_D7,
PHY_LINKON, PHY_LCLK,
Low-level output voltage
PHY_LPS
IOL = 8 mA
0.5
V
IOL = 1.5 mA
PCI_PME
mA
7.5
CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, CNA,
LKON, PCLK outputs
PCI interface
UNIT
V
IOH = –0.5 mA
PCI interface
VOL
MIN
0.1 VCC
IOL = 6 mA
0.55
IOL = 4 mA
0.5
IBH+
Positive peak bus holder current (D0–D7, CTL0–CTL1,
LREQ)
VDD = 3.6 V, VI = 0 V to VDD
0.05
1
mA
IBH–
Negative peak bus holder current (D0–D7, CTL0–CTL1,
LREQ)
VDD = 3.6 V, VI = 0 V to VDD
–1
–0.05
mA
IOZ
Off-state output current
CTL0, CTL1, D0–D7, LKON
I/Os
VO = VDD or 0 V
±5
LLC portion outputs
VO = VDD or 0 V
±20
IIRST
Pullup current (RESET input)
VI = 1.5 V or 0 V
VO
TPBIAS output voltage
At rated IO current
(1)
(2)
µA
–90
–20
µA
1.665
2.015
V
Repeat max packet (one port receiving maximum-size isochronous packet—8192 bytes, sent on every isochronous interval, S800, data
value of 0xCCCC CCCC; three ports repeating; all ports with beta-mode connection), VDD3.3 = 3.3 V, VDDCORE = 1.95 V, TA = 25°C
Measured at cable power side of resistor
2.6
Thermal Characteristics
PARAMETER
RθJA
Junction-to-free-air thermal resistance
RθJC
Junction-to-case thermal resistance
RθJA
Junction-to-free-air thermal resistance
RθJC
Junction-to-case thermal resistance
Submit Documentation Feedback
TEST CONDITIONS
PHY section: Two-signal, two-plane JEDEC board
LLC section: Two-signal, two-plane JEDEC board
TYP
UNIT
63.9
°C/W
39.3
°C/W
51.6
°C/W
27.1
°C/W
Electrical Characteristics
29
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
2.7
Switching Characteristics for PHY Portion
MIN
MAX
tr
TP differential rise time, transmit
PARAMETER
10% to 90% at 1394 connector
0.5
1.2
ns
tf
TP differential fall time, transmit
90% to 10% at 1394 connector
0.5
1.2
ns
tsu
Setup time, CTL0, CTL1, D1–D7, LREQ until
PCLK—1394a-2000
50% to 50%, See Figure 2-2
2.5
ns
th
Hold time, CTL0, CTL1, D1–D7, LREQ after
PCLK—1394a-2000
50% to 50%, See Figure 2-2
0
ns
tsu
Setup time, CTL0, CTL1, D1–D7, LREQ until LCLK—1394b 50% to 50%, See Figure 2-2
2.5
ns
th
Hold time, CTL0, CTL1, D1–D7, LREQ after LCLK—1394b
50% to 50%, See Figure 2-2
1
td
Delay time, PCLK until CTL0, CTL1, D1–D7, PINT
50% to 50%, See Figure 2-3
0.5
7
MIN
MAX
2.8
TEST CONDITIONS
UNIT
ns
ns
Switching Characteristics for PCI Interface
PARAMETER
UNIT
tsu
Setup time before PCI_CLK
7
ns
th
Hold time after PCI_CLK
0
ns
tval
Delay time, PCI_CLK to data valid
2
ns
TPAx+
TPBx+
56 W
TPAx–
TPBx–
S0198-01
Figure 2-1. Test Load Diagram
xCLK
tsu
th
D, CTL, LREQ
T0125-01
Figure 2-2. Setup and Hold Time Waveforms for Dx, CTLx, and LREQ Inputs
30
Electrical Characteristics
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
xCLK
td
D, CTL
T0126-01
Figure 2-3. Dx and CTLx Output Delay Relative to xCLK Waveforms
3
PHY Section Register Configuration
There are 16 accessible PHY section registers in the TSB83AA23. The configuration of the registers at
addresses 0h–7h (the base registers) is fixed, while the configuration of the registers at addresses 8h–Fh
(the paged registers) is dependent on which of 8 pages, numbered 0h–7h, is currently selected. The
selected page is set in base register 7h. While this register set is compatible with IEEE Std 1394a-2000
register sets, some fields have been redefined and this register set contains additional fields
Table 3-1 shows the configuration of the base registers, and Table 3-2 gives the corresponding field
descriptions. The base register field definitions are unaffected by the selected page number.
A reserved register or register field (marked as Reserved or Rsvd in the following register configuration
tables) is read as 0, but is subject to future usage. All registers in address pages 2–6 are reserved.
Table 3-1. Base Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
0
1
RHB
IBR
2
0000
3
4
5
Physical ID
0001
Extended (111b)
0011
PHY_Speed (111b)
LCtrl
C
0101
WDIE
ISBR
7
R
CPS
Gap_Count
0010
0100
6
Num_Ports (0011b)
Rsvd
Delay (0000b)
Jitter (000b)
CTOI
CPSI
0110
Max Legacy SPD
BLINK
0111
Page_Select
Rsvd
Pwr_Class
STOI
PEI
EAA
Bridge
EMC
Rsvd
Port_Select
Table 3-2. Base Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
SIZE
TYPE
Physical_ID
6
Rd
This field contains the physical address ID of this node determined during self-ID. The physical ID is
invalid after a bus reset until the self-ID has completed, as indicated by an unsolicited register 0 status
transfer from the PHY section to the LLC section.
R
1
Rd
Root. This bit indicates that this node is the root node. The R bit is reset to 0 by bus reset, and is set to
1 during tree-ID if this node becomes root.
CPS
1
Rd
Cable-power status. This bit indicates the state of the CPS input terminal. The CPS terminal is normally
tied to serial-bus cable power through a 400-kΩ resistor. A 0 in this bit indicates that the cable-power
voltage has dropped below its threshold for ensured reliable operation.
RHB
1
Rd/Wr
Submit Documentation Feedback
DESCRIPTION
Root-holdoff bit. This bit instructs the TSB83AA23 to attempt to become root after the next bus reset.
The RHB is reset to 0 by a hardware reset and is unaffected by a bus reset. If two nodes on a single
bus have their root-holdoff bit set, the result is not defined. To prevent two nodes from having their
root-holdoff bit set, this bit must only be written using a PHY configuration packet.
PHY Section Register Configuration
31
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 3-2. Base Register Field Descriptions (continued)
SIZE
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
IBR
FIELD
1
Rd/Wr
Initiate bus reset. This bit instructs the TSB83AA23 to initiate a long (166-µs) bus reset at the next
opportunity. Any receive or transmit operation in progress when this bit is set completes before the bus
reset is initiated. The IBR bit is reset to 0 after a hardware reset or a bus reset. Care must be exercised
when writing to this bit to not change the other bits in this register. It is recommended that, when
possible, a bus reset be initiated using the ISBR bit and not the IBR bit.
Gap_Count
6
Rd/Wr
Arbitration gap count. This value sets the subaction (fair) gap, arb-reset gap, and arb-delay times. The
gap count can be set either by a write to the register, or by reception or transmission of a PHY_CONFIG
packet. The gap count is reset to 3Fh by hardware reset or after two consecutive bus resets, without an
intervening write to the gap count register (either by a write to the PHY section register or by a
PHY_CONFIG packet). It is strongly recommended that this field only be changed using PHY
configuration packets.
Extended
3
Rd
Extended register definition. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 111b, indicating that the extended register
set is implemented.
Num_Ports
5
Rd
Number of ports. This field indicates the number of ports implemented in the TSB83AA23. For the
TSB83AA23 this field is 3.
PHY_Speed
3
Rd
PHY section speed capability. This field is no longer used. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 111b.
Speeds for IEEE Std 1394b-2002 PHYs must be checked on a port-by-port basis.
Delay
4
Rd
PHY repeater data delay. This field indicates the worst-case repeater data delay of the PHY section,
expressed as 144+(delay × 20) ns. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 2h. This value is the repeater delay
for the S400B case, which is slower than the S800B or 1394a cases. Because the IEEE 1394B-2002
Std PHY register set has only a single field for the delay parameter, the slowest value is used. If a
network uses only S800B or 1394a connections, a delay value of 00h may be used. The worst-case
PHY repeater delay is 197 ns for S400B and 127 ns for S800B cable speeds (trained, raw bit speed).
LCtrl
1
Rd/Wr
Link-active status control. This bit controls the indicated active status of the LLC section reported in the
self-ID packet. The logical AND of this bit and the LPS active status is replicated in the L field (bit 9) of
the self-ID packet. The LLC bit in the node self-ID packet is set active only if both the LPS input is active
and the LCtrl bit is set.
The LCtrl bit provides a software controllable means to indicate the LLC self-ID active status in lieu of
using the LPS input terminal.
The LCtrl bit is set to 1 by hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
NOTE: The state of the PHY section-LLC section interface is controlled solely by the LPS input,
regardless of the state of the LCtrl bit. If the PHY section-LLC section interface is operational as
determined by the LPS input being active, received packets and status information continue to be
presented on the interface, and any requests indicated on the LREQ input are processed, even if the
LCtrl bit is cleared to 0.
C
1
Rd/Wr
Contender status. This bit indicates that this node is a contender for the bus or isochronous resource
manager. This bit is replicated in the c field (bit 20) of the self-ID packet. This bit is set to 0 on hardware
reset. After hardware reset, this bit can be set only via a software register write. This bit is unaffected by
a bus reset.
Jitter
3
Rd
Pwr_Class
3
Rd/Wr
Node power class. This field indicates this node power consumption and source characteristics and is
replicated in the pwr field (bits 21–23) of the self-ID packet. This field is reset to the state specified by
the PC0–PC2 input terminals on a hardware reset, and is unaffected by a bus reset. See Power Class
Descriptions, Table 4-1.
WDIE
1
Rd/Wr
Watchdog interrupt enable. This bit, if set to 1, enables the port event interrupt (PIE) bit to be set when
resume operations begin on any port, or when any of the CTOI, CPSI, or STOI interrupt bits are set and
the PHY section-LLC section interface is nonoperational. This bit is reset to 0 by hardware reset and is
unaffected by bus reset.
ISBR
1
Rd/Wr
Initiate short arbitrated bus reset. This bit, if set to 1, instructs the TSB83AA23 to initiate a short (1.3-µs)
arbitrated bus reset at the next opportunity. This bit is reset to 0 by a bus reset. It is recommended that
short bus reset is the only reset type initiated by software. IEC 61883-6 requires that a node initiate
short bus resets to minimize any disturbance to an audio stream.
PHY section repeater jitter. This field indicates the worst-case difference between the fastest and
slowest repeater data delay, expressed as (jitter+1) × 20 ns. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 0.
NOTE: Legacy IEEE Std 1394-1995-compliant PHYs are not capable of performing short bus resets.
Therefore, initiation of a short bus reset in a network that contains such a legacy device results in a long
bus reset being performed.
32
PHY Section Register Configuration
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 3-2. Base Register Field Descriptions (continued)
FIELD
CTOI
SIZE
TYPE
1
Rd/Wr
DESCRIPTION
Configuration time-out interrupt. This bit is set to 1 when the arbitration controller times out during
tree-ID start, and might indicate that the bus is configured in a loop. This bit is reset to 0 by hardware
reset, or by writing a 1 to this register bit.
If the CTOI and WDIE bits are both set and the LLC is or becomes inactive, the PHY section activates
the LKON output to notify the LLC section to service the interrupt.
NOTE: If the network is configured in a loop, then only those nodes that are part of the loop generate a
configuration-time-out interrupt. Instead, all other nodes time out waiting for the tree-ID and/or self-ID
process to complete and then generate a state time-out interrupt and bus reset. This bit is set only when
the bus topology includes IEEE Std 1394a-2000 nodes; otherwise, IEEE Std 1394b-2002 loop healing
prevents loops from being formed in the topology.
CPSI
1
Rd/Wr
Cable-power-status interrupt. This bit is set to 1 when the CPS input transitions from high to low,
indicating that cable power might be too low for reliable operation. This bit is reset to 1 by hardware
reset. It can be cleared by writing a 1 to this register bit.
If the CPSI and WDIE bits are both set and the LLC section is or becomes inactive, the PHY section
activates the LKON output to notify the LLC section to service the interrupt.
STOI
1
Rd/Wr
State-time-out interrupt. This bit indicates that a state time-out has occurred (which also causes a
bus-reset to occur). This bit is reset to 0 by hardware reset, or by writing a 1 to this register bit.
If the STOI and WDIE bits are both set and the LLC is or becomes inactive, the PHY section activates
the LKON output to notify the LLC section to service the interrupt.
PEI
1
Rd/Wr
Port event interrupt. This bit is set to 1 on any change in the connected, bias, disabled, or fault bits for
any port for which the port interrupt enable (PIE) bit is set. Additionally, if the resuming port interrupt
enable (WDIE) bit is set, the PEI bit is set to 1 at the start of resume operations on any port. This bit is
reset to 0 by hardware reset, or by writing a 1 to this register bit.
EAA
1
Rd/Wr
Enable accelerated arbitration. This bit enables the TSB83AA23 to perform the various arbitration
acceleration enhancements defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000 (ACK-accelerated arbitration,
asynchronous fly-by concatenation, and isochronous fly-by concatenation). This bit is reset to 0 by
hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset. This bit has no effect when the device is operating in
IEEE Std 1394b-2002 mode.
EMC
1
Rd/Wr
Enable multispeed concatenated packets. This bit enables the TSB83AA23 to transmit concatenated
packets of differing speeds in accordance with the protocols defined in IEEE Std 1394a-2000. This bit is
reset to 0 by hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset. This bit has no effect when the device is
operating in IEEE Std 1394b-2002 mode.
Max Legacy
SPD
3
Rd
Maximum legacy path speed. This field holds the maximum speed capability of any legacy node (IEEE
Std 1394a-2000 or 1394-1995-compliant) as indicated in the self-ID packets received during bus
initialization. Encoding is the same as for the PHY_SPEED field (but limited to S400 maximum).
BLINK
1
Rd
Beta-mode link. This bit indicates that a Beta-mode-capable LLC section is attached to the PHY section.
This bit is set by the BMODE input terminal on the TSB83AA23 and should be set to 1.
Bridge
2
Rd/Wr
Bridge. This field controls the value of the bridge (brdg) field in the self-ID packet. The power reset value
is 0. Details for when to set these bits are specified in the IEEE 1394.1 bridging specification.
Page_Select
3
Rd/Wr
Page Select. This field selects the register page to use when accessing register addresses 8–15. This
field is reset to 0 by a hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
Port_Select
4
Rd/Wr
Port Select. This field selects the port when accessing per-port status or control (for example, when one
of the port status/control registers is accessed in page 0). Ports are numbered starting at 0. This field is
reset to 0 by hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
The port-status page provides access to configuration and status information for each of the ports. The
port is selected by writing 0 to the Page_Select field and the desired port number to the Port_Select field
in base register 7. Table 3-3 shows the configuration of the port-status page registers, and Table 3-4 gives
the corresponding field descriptions. If the selected port is not implemented, all registers in the port-status
page are read as 0.
Table 3-3. Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Configuration
ADDRESS
1000
1001
1010
BIT POSITION
0
1
Astat
Submit Documentation Feedback
3
BStat
Negotiated_speed
DC_connected
2
PIE
Max_port_speed (011b)
4
5
6
7
Ch
Con
RxOK
Dis
Fault
Standby_fault
Disscrm
B_Only
LPP
Cable_speed
PHY Section Register Configuration
33
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 3-3. Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Configuration (continued)
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
1011
0
1
2
Connection_unreliable
3
Reserved
1100
4
5
6
Beta_mode
7
Reserved
Port_error
1101
Reserved
Loop_disable
1110
Reserved
1111
Reserved
In_standby
Hard_disable
Table 3-4. Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
Astat
SIZE
TYPE
2
Rd
DESCRIPTION
TPA line state. This field indicates the instantaneous TPA line state of the selected port,
encoded as:
Code
Arbitration Value
11
10
01
00
Z
1
0
Invalid
Bstat
2
Rd
TPB line state. This field indicates the TPB line state of the selected port. This field has the
same encoding as the AStat field.
Ch
1
Rd
Child/parent status. A 1 indicates that the selected port is a child port. A 0 indicates that the
selected port is the parent port. A disconnected, disabled, or suspended port is reported as a
child port. The Ch bit is invalid after a bus reset until tree-ID has completed.
Con
1
Rd
Debounced port connection status. This bit indicates that the selected port is connected. The
connection must be stable for the debounce time of approximately 341 ms for the Con bit to
be set to 1. The Con bit is reset to 0 by hardware reset and is unaffected by bus reset.
NOTE: The Con bit indicates that the port is physically connected to a peer PHY, but this does
not necessarily mean that the port is active. For IEEE Std 1394b-2002-coupled connections,
the Con bit is set when a port detects connection tones from the peer PHY and
operating-speed negotiation is completed.
RxOK
1
Rd
Receive OK. In IEEE Std 1394a-2000 mode, this bit indicates the reception of a debounced
TPBias signal. In Beta_mode, this bit indicates the reception of a continuous electrically valid
signal.
NOTE: RxOK is set to false during the time that only connection tones are detected in Beta
mode.
Dis
1
Rd/Wr
Port disabled control. If this bit is 1, the selected port is disabled. The Dis bit is reset to 0 by
hardware reset (all ports are enabled for normal operation following hardware reset). The Dis
bit is not affected by bus reset. When this bit is set, the port cannot become active; however,
the port still tones, but does not establish an active connection.
Negotiated_speed
3
Rd
Negotiated speed. Indicates the maximum speed negotiated between this port and its
immediately connected port. The encoding is as for Max_port_speed. It is set on connection
when in Beta_mode, or to a value established during self-ID when in IEEE Std 1394a-2000
mode.
PIE
1
Rd/Wr
Port event interrupt enable. When this bit is 1, a port event on the selected port sets the port
event interrupt (PEI) bit and notifies the link. This bit is reset to 0 by a hardware reset and is
unaffected by bus reset.
Fault
1
Rd/Wr
Fault. This bit indicates that a resume-fault or suspend-fault has occurred on the selected port,
and that the port is in the suspended state. A resume-fault occurs when a resuming port fails
to detect incoming cable bias from its attached peer. A suspend-fault occurs when a
suspending port continues to detect incoming cable bias from its attached peer. Writing 1 to
this bit clears the Fault bit to 0. This bit is reset to 0 by hardware reset and is unaffected by
bus reset.
Standby_fault
1
Rd/Wr
Standby fault. This bit is set to 1 if an error is detected during a standby operation and cleared
on exit from the standby state. A write of 1 to this bit or receipt of the appropriate remote
command packet clears it to 0. When this bit is cleared, standby errors are cleared.
Disscrm
1
Rd/Wr
Disable scrambler. If this bit is set to 1, the data sent during packet transmission is not
scrambled.
B_Only
1
Rd
34
PHY Section Register Configuration
Beta-mode operation only. For the TSB83AA23, this bit is set to 0 for all ports.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 3-4. Page-0 (Port-Status) Register Field Descriptions (continued)
SIZE
TYPE
DC_connected
FIELD
1
Rd
Max_port_speed
3
Rd/Wr
DESCRIPTION
If this bit is set to 1, the port has detected a dc connection to the peer port by means of an
IEEE Std 1394a-2000-style connect-detect circuit.
Maximum port speed. The maximum speed at which a port is allowed to operate in Beta
mode. The encoding is:
000 =
001 =
010 =
011 =
100 =
101 =
110 =
111 =
S100
S200
S400
S800
S1600
S3200
Reserved
Reserved
An attempt to write to the register with a value greater than the hardware capability of the port
results in the value for the maximum speed of which the port is capable being stored in the
register. The port uses this register only when a new connection is established in the Beta
mode. The power reset value is the maximum speed capable of the port. Software can modify
this value to force a port to train at a lower than maximum, but no lower than minimum speed.
LPP
(Local_plug_present)
1
Rd
Local plug present. This flag is set permanently to 1.
Cable_speed
3
Rd
Cable speed. This variable is set to the value for the maximum speed that the port is capable
of. The encoding is the same as for Max_port_speed.
Connection_unreliable
1
Rd/Wr
Beta_mode
1
Rd
Operating in Beta mode. If this bit is 1, the port is operating in Beta mode; it is equal to 0
otherwise (that is, when operating in IEEE Std 1394a-2000 mode, or when disconnected). If
Con is 1, RxOK is 1, and Beta_mode is 0, the port is active and operating in the IEEE Std
1394a-2000 mode.
Port_error
8
Rd/Wr
Port error. Incremented when the port receives an invalid codeword, unless the value is
already 255. Cleared when read (including being read by means of a remote access packet).
Intended for use by a single bus-wide diagnostic program.
Loop_disable
1
Rd
Loop disable. This bit is set to 1 if the port has been placed in the loop-disable state as part of
the loop-free build process (the PHYs at either end of the connection are active, but if the
connection itself were activated, a loop would exist). Cleared on bus reset and on
disconnection.
In_standby
1
Rd
In standby. This bit is set to 1 if the port is in standby power-management state.
Hard_disable
1
Rd/Wr
Connection unreliable. If this bit is set to 1, a Beta-mode speed negotiation has failed or
synchronization has failed. A write of 1 to this field resets the value to 0.
Hard disable. No effect unless the port is disabled. If this bit is set to 1, the port does not
maintain connectivity status on an ac connection when disabled. The values of the Con and
RxOK bits are forced to 0. This flag can be used to force renegotiation of the speed of a
connection. It also can be used to place the device into a lower-power state because when
hard disabled, a port no longer tones to maintain IEEE Std 1394b-2002 ac-connectivity status.
The vendor identification page identifies the vendor/manufacturer and compliance level. The page is
selected by writing 1 to the Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 3-5 shows the configuration of the
vendor identification page, and Table 3-6 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
Table 3-5. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Configuration
ADDRESS
BIT POSITION
0
1000
1
2
3
4
1001
Reserved
1010
Vendor_ID[0]
1011
Vendor_ID[1]
1100
Vendor_ID[2]
1101
Product_ID[0]
1110
Product_ID[1]
1111
Product_ID[2]
Submit Documentation Feedback
5
6
7
Compliance
PHY Section Register Configuration
35
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 3-6. Page 1 (Vendor ID) Register Field Descriptions
SIZE
TYPE
Compliance
FIELD
8
Rd
Compliance level. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 02h, indicating compliance with the IEEE Std
1394b-2002 specification.
DESCRIPTION
Vendor_ID
24
Rd
Manufacturer’s organizationally unique identifier (OUI). For the TSB83AA23, this field is 08 0028h
(TI) (the MSB is at register address 1010b).
Product_ID
24
Rd
Product identifier. For the TSB83AA23, this field is 83_13_06h.
The vendor-dependent page provides access to the special control features of the TSB83AA23, as well as
configuration and status information used in manufacturing test and debug. This page is selected by
writing 7 to the Page_Select field in base register 7. Table 3-7 shows the configuration of the
vendor-dependent page, and Table 3-8 shows the corresponding field descriptions.
Table 3-7. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Configuration
BIT POSITION
ADDRESS
0
1
2
3
4
1000
Reserved
1001
Reserved for test
1010
Reserved for test
1011
Reserved for test
1100
Reserved for test
1101
5
6
7
Reserved for test
1110
SWR
Reserved for test
1111
Reserved for test
Table 3-8. Page 7 (Vendor-Dependent) Register Field Descriptions
FIELD
SWR
36
SIZE
TYPE
1
Rd/Wr
DESCRIPTION
Software hard reset. Writing a 1 to this bit forces a hard reset of the PHY section (same effect as
momentarily asserting the RESET terminal low). This bit is always read as a 0.
PHY Section Register Configuration
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
4
PHY Section Application Information
4.1
Power-Class Programming
The PC0–PC2 terminals are programmed to set the default value of the power class indicated in the pwr
field (bits 21–23) of the transmitted self-ID packet. Descriptions of the various power classes are given in
Table 4-1. The default power-class value is loaded following a hardware reset, but is overridden by any
value subsequently loaded into the Pwr_Class field in register 4.
Table 4-1. Power Class Descriptions
PC[0:2]
DESCRIPTION
000
Node does not need power and does not repeat power.
001
Node is self powered and provides a minimum of 15 W to the bus.
010
Node is self powered and provides a minimum of 30 W to the bus.
011
Node is self powered and provides a minimum of 45 W to the bus.
100
Node may be powered from the bus and is using up to 3 W; no additional power is needed to enable the link. The node also
may provide power to the bus. The amount of bus power that it provides can be found in the configuration ROM.
101
Reserved for future standardization
110
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 3 W is needed to enable the link.
111
Node is powered from the bus and uses up to 3 W. An additional 7 W is needed to enable the link.
Submit Documentation Feedback
PHY Section Application Information
37
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Outer Shield
Termination
TSB83AA23
400 kW
CPS
VP
Cable
Power
Pair
1 mF
TPBIAS
56 W
56 W
270 pF
TPA+
Cable
Pair
A
TPA–
TPA_REFGND
0.1 mF
1 MW
Cable Port
TPB+
Cable
Pair
B
TPB–
56 W
56 W
TPB_REFGND
270 pF
VG
(1)
5 kW
S0170-01
NOTE: IEEE Std 1394-1995 calls for a 250-pF capacitor, which is a nonstandard component value. A 270-pF capacitor is
recommended.
Figure 4-1. Typical Twisted Pair IEEE Std 1394a-2000 Cable Connections
Outer Cable Shield
1 MW
0.01 mF
0.001 mF
Chassis Ground
S0171-01
Figure 4-2. Typical DC-Isolated Outer Shield Termination
38
PHY Section Application Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Outer Cable Shield
Chassis Ground
S0172-01
Figure 4-3. Non-DC-Isolated Outer Shield Termination
4.2
Power-Up Reset
To ensure proper operation of the TSB83AA23 PHY section, the RESET terminal must be asserted low for
a minimum of 2 ms from the time that DVDD, AVDD, and PLLVDD power reaches the minimum required
supply voltage and the input clock is valid. If a fundamental-mode crystal is used rather than an oscillator,
the start-up time parameter may be set to zero. When using a passive capacitor on the RESET terminal to
generate a power-on-reset signal, the minimum reset time is assured if the value of the capacitor satisfies
the following equation (the value must be no smaller than approximately 0.1 µF):
Cmin = (0.0077
T) + 0.085 + (external_oscillator_start-up_time
0.05)
Where:
Cmin = Minimum capacitance on the RESET terminal in µF
T = VDD ramp time, 10%–90% (in ms)
external_oscillator_start-up_time = Time from power applied to the external oscillator until the oscillator
outputs a valid clock in ms
4.3
Crystal Oscillator Selection
The TSB83AA23 is designed to use an external 98.304-MHz crystal oscillator connected to the XI terminal
to provide the reference clock. This clock, in turn, drives a PLL circuit that generates the various clocks
required for transmission and resynchronization of data at the S100 through S800 media data rates.
A variation of less than ±100 ppm from nominal for the media data rates is required by IEEE Std 1394.
Adjacent PHYs may, therefore, have a difference of up to 200 ppm from each other in their internal clocks,
and PHYs must be able to compensate for this difference over the maximum packet length. Larger clock
variations can cause resynchronization overflows or underflows, resulting in corrupted packet data.
For the TSB83AA23, the PCLK output can be used to measure the frequency accuracy and stability of the
internal oscillator and PLL from which it is derived. The frequency of the PCLK output must be within
±100 ppm of the nominal frequency of 98.304 MHz.
The following are some typical specifications for an oscillator used with the TSB83AA23, to achieve the
required frequency accuracy and stability:
• RMS jitter of 5 ps or less
• RMS phase-noise jitter of 1 ps or less over the range 12 kHz to 20 MHz or higher
• Frequency tolerance at 25°C: Total frequency variation for the complete circuit is ±100 ppm. A device
with ±30-ppm or ±50-ppm frequency tolerance is recommended for adequate margin.
• Frequency stability (over temperature and age): A device with ±30-ppm or ±50-ppm frequency stability
is recommended for adequate margin.
Submit Documentation Feedback
PHY Section Application Information
39
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
NOTE
The total frequency variation must be kept below ±100 ppm from nominal, with some
allowance for error introduced by board and device variations. Trade-offs between
frequency tolerance and stability may be made, as long as the total frequency variation is
less than ±100 ppm. For example, the frequency tolerance of the crystal may be specified
at 50 ppm and the temperature tolerance may be specified at 30 ppm to give a total of
80-ppm possible variation due to the oscillator alone. Aging also contributes to the
frequency variation.
It is strongly recommended that part of the verification process for the design is to
measure the frequency of the PCLK output of the PHY section. This should be done using
a frequency counter with an accuracy of 6 digits or better.
4.4
Bus Reset
It is recommended that when the user has a choice, the user should initiate a bus reset by writing to the
initiate-short-bus-reset (ISBR) bit (bit 1 PHY register 0101b). Care must be taken not to change the value
of any of the other writeable bits in this register when the ISBR bit is written to.
In the TSB83AA23, the initiate-bus-reset (IBR) bit can be set to 1 to initiate a bus reset and initialization
sequence; however, it is recommended to use the ISBR bit instead. The IBR bit is located in PHY register
1 along with the root-holdoff bit (RHB) and gap count. As required by the IEEE Std 1394b-2002
Supplement, this configuration maintains compatibility with older TI PHY designs that were based on
either the suggested register set defined in Annex J of IEEE Std 1394-1995 or the IEEE Std 1394a-2000
Supplement. Therefore, when the IBR bit is written, the RHB and gap count are also necessarily written.
It is recommended that the RHB and gap count only be updated by PHY configuration packets. The
TSB83AA23 is IEEE Std 1394a-2000 and IEEE Std 1394b-2002 compliant and, therefore, both the
reception and transmission of PHY configuration packets cause the RHB and gap count to be loaded,
unlike older IEEE Std 1394-1995-compliant PHYs that decode only received PHY configuration packets.
The gap count is set to the maximum value of 63 after two consecutive bus resets without an intervening
write to the gap count, either by a write to PHY register 1 or by a PHY configuration packet. This
mechanism allows a PHY configuration packet to be transmitted and then a bus reset initiated to verify
that all nodes on the bus have updated their RHBs and gap counts, without having the gap count set back
to 63 by the bus reset. The subsequent connection of a new node to the bus, which initiates a bus reset,
then causes the gap count of each node to be set to 63. Note, however, that if a subsequent bus reset is
instead initiated by a write to register 1 to set the IBR bit, all other nodes on the bus have their gap counts
set to 63, while this node’s gap count remains set to the value just loaded by the write to PHY register 1.
Therefore, to maintain consistent gap counts throughout the bus, the following rules apply to the use of the
IBR bit, RHB, and gap count in PHY register 1:
• Following the transmission of a PHY configuration packet, a bus reset must be initiated to verify that all
nodes have correctly updated their RHBs and gap counts, and to ensure that a subsequent new
connection to the bus causes the gap count to be set to 63 on all nodes in the bus. If this bus reset is
initiated by setting the IBR bit to 1, the RHB and gap count register also must be loaded with the
correct values consistent with the just-transmitted PHY configuration packet. In the TSB83AA23, the
RHB and gap count have been updated to their correct values on the transmission of the PHY
configuration packet, so these values can first be read from register 1 and then rewritten.
• Other than to initiate the bus reset that must follow the transmission of a PHY configuration packet,
when the IBR bit is set to 1 to initiate a bus reset, the gap count also must be set to 63 to be consistent
with other nodes on the bus, and the RHB must be maintained with its current value.
• The PHY register 1 must not be written to except to set the IBR bit. The RHB and gap count must not
be written without also setting the IBR bit to 1.
• To avoid these problems all bus resets initiated by software must be initiated by writing the ISBR bit
(bit 1 PHY register 0101b). Care must be taken to not change the value of any of the other writeable
bits in this register when the ISBR bit is written to. Also, the only means to change the gap count of
40
PHY Section Application Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
www.ti.com
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
any node must be by means of the PHY configuration packet, which changes all nodes to the same
gap count.
Submit Documentation Feedback
PHY Section Application Information
41
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
5
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
The following paragraphs describe the operation of the PHY section-LLC section interface. This interface
is formally specified in IEEE Std 1394b-2002.
The interface to the LLC section consists of the PCLK, LCLK, CTL0–CTL1, D0–D7, LREQ, PINT, LPS,
and LKON terminals on the TSB83AA23, as shown in Figure 5-1. The interface to the PHY section
consists of PHY_PCLK, PHY_LCLK, PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1, PHY_D0–PHY_D7, PHY_LREQ, PHY_LPS,
PHY_LINKON, PHY_PINT as shown in Figure 5-1.
LLC Module
Phy Module
PHY_LCLK
LCLK
PHY_PCLK
PCLK
PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1
PHY_D0–PHY_D7
PHY_LREQ
PHY_LPS
PHY_LINKON
PHY_PINT
CTL0–CTL1
D0–D7
LREQ
LPS
LKON
PINT
B0135-01
Figure 5-1. PHY Section-LLC Section Interface
The LCLK/PHY_LCLK terminals provide a clock signal to the PHY section. The LLC section derives this
clock from the PCLK/PHY_PCLK signal and is phase locked to the PCLK/PHY_PCLK signal. All
LLC-section to PHY-section transfers are synchronous to LCLK/PHY_LCLK.
The PCLK/PHY_PCLK terminals provide a 98.304-MHz interface system clock. All control, data, and
PHY-section interrupt signals are synchronized to the rising edge of PCLK/PHY_PCLK.
The PHY_CTL0-CTL0 and PHY_CTL1-CTL1 terminals form a bidirectional control bus that controls the
flow of information and data.
The D0–D7/PHY_D0–PHY_D7 terminals form a bidirectional data bus that transfers status information,
control information, or packet data between the sections. The TSB83AA23 supports S400B and S800 data
transfers over the D0–D7/PHY_D0–PHY_D7 data bus. In S400B and S800 operation, all Dn terminals are
used.
The LREQ/PHY_LREQ terminals are controlled by the LLC section to send serial service requests to the
PHY section, to request access to the serial bus for packet transmission, read or write PHY section
registers, or control arbitration acceleration. All data on LREQ/PHY_LREQ is synchronous to
LCLK/PHY_LCLK.
The LPS/PHY_LPS and LKON/PHT_LINKON terminals are used for power management. The LPS
terminal indicates the power status of the LLC section, and can be used to reset the PHY section-LLC
section interface or to disable PCLK. The LKON terminal sends a wake-up notification to the LLC section
and indicates an interrupt to the LLC section when either LPS is inactive or the PHY register L bit is 0.
The PINT/PHY_PINT terminals are used by the PHY section for the serial transfer of status, interrupt, and
other information to the LLC section.
42
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
The
PHY
section
normally
controls
the
PHY_CTL0-CTL0–PHY_CTL1-CTL1
and
D0–D7/PHY_D0–PHY_D7 bidirectional buses. The LLC section is allowed to drive these buses only after
the LLC section has been granted permission to do so by the PHY section.
There are four operations that can occur on the PHY section-LLC section interface: link service request,
status transfer, data transmit, and data receive.
• The LLC section issues a service request to read or write a PHY section register or to request the PHY
section to gain control of the serial bus to transmit a packet.
• The PHY section can initiate a status transfer either autonomously or in response to a register read
request from the LLC section.
• The PHY section initiates a receive operation when a packet is received from the serial bus.
• The PHY section initiates a transmit operation after winning control of the serial bus following a bus
request by the LLC section. The transmit operation is initiated when the PHY section grants control of
the interface to the LLC section.
Table 5-1 and Table 5-2 show the encoding of the CTL0–CTL1 bus.
Table 5-1. CTL Encoding When PHY Section Has Control of the Bus
PHY_CTL
0-CTL0
PHY_CTL
1-CTL1
0
0
Idle
No activity (this is the default mode)
0
1
Status
Status information is being sent from the PHY section to the LLC section.
1
0
Receive
An incoming packet is being sent from the PHY section to the LLC section.
1
1
Grant
The LLC section has been given control of the bus to send an outgoing packet.
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Table 5-2. CTL Encoding When LLC Section Has Control of the Bus
PHY_CTL
0-CTL0
PHY_CTL
1-CTL1
0
0
Idle
The LLC section releases the bus (transmission has been completed).
0
1
Transmit
An outgoing packet is being sent from the LLC section to the PHY section.
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
1
1
Hold/more
information
The LLC section is holding the bus while data is being prepared for transmission, or the LLC
section is sending a request to arbitrate for access to the bus, or the LLC section is identifying the
end of a subaction gap to the PHY section.
5.1
NAME
DESCRIPTION
LLC Section Service Request
To request access to the bus, to read or write a PHY section register, or to send a link notification to PHY
section, the LLC section sends a serial bit stream on the LREQ/PHY_LREQ terminal (see Figure 5-2).
LR0
LR1
LR2
LR3
LR (n-2)
LR (n-1)
T0129-01
Figure 5-2. LREQ/PHY_LREQ Request Stream
The length of the stream varies depending on the type of request as shown in Table 5-3.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
43
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 5-3. Request Stream Bit Length
REQUEST TYPE
NUMBER OF BITS
Bus request
11
Read register request
10
Write register request
18
LLC section notification request
6
PHY section-LLC section interface reset request
6
Regardless of the type of request, a start bit of 1 is required at the beginning of the stream, and a stop bit
of 0 is required at the end of the stream. The 2nd through 5th bits of the request stream indicate the type
of the request. In the descriptions below, bit 0 is the most significant and is transmitted first in the request
bit stream. The LREQ/PHY_LREQ terminals are normally low.
Table 5-4 shows the encoding for the request type.
Table 5-4. Request-Type Encoding
LR[1:4]
NAME
DESCRIPTION
0000
Reserved
Reserved
0001
Immed_Req
Immediate request. On detection of idle, the PHY section arbitrates for the bus.
0010
Next_Even
Next even request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send an asynchronous packet in
the even fairness interval phase.
0011
Next_Odd
Next odd request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send an asynchronous packet in
the odd fairness interval phase.
0100
Current
Current request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send an asynchronous packet in the
current fairness interval.
0101
Reserved
Reserved
0110
Isoch_Req_Even
Isochronous even request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send an isochronous
packet in the even isochronous period.
0111
Isoch_Req_Odd
Isochronous odd request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send an isochronous packet
in the odd isochronous period.
1000
Cyc_Start_Req
Cycle-start request. The PHY section arbitrates for the bus to send a cycle-start packet.
1001
Reserved
Reserved
1010
Reg_Read
Register read request. The PHY section returns the specified register contents through a status
transfer.
1011
Reg_Write
Register write request. Write to the specified register in the PHY section.
1100
Isoch_Phase_Even
Isochronous phase-even notification. The LLC section reports to the PHY section that:
1101
Isoch_Phase_Odd
1)
A cycle-start packet has been received.
2)
The LLC section has set the isochronous phase to even.
Isochronous phase-odd notification. The LLC section reports to the PHY section that:
1)
A cycle-start packet has been received.
2)
The LLC section has set the isochronous phase to odd.
1110
Cycle_Start_Due
Cycle-start-due notification. The LLC section reports to the PHY section that a cycle-start
packet is due for reception.
1111
Reserved
Reserved
For a bus request, the length of the LREQ/PHY_LREQ bit stream is 11 bits (see Table 5-5).
44
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 5-5. Bus Request
BIT(s)
0
1–4
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Start bit
Indicates the beginning of the transfer (always 1)
Request type
Indicates the type of bus request (see Table 5-4).
5
Request format
Indicates the packet format to be used for packet transmission (see Table 5-6).
6–9
Request speed
Indicates the speed at which the link sends the data to the PHY section. See Table 5-7 for the encoding
of this field.
10
Stop bit
Indicates the end of the transfer (always 0). If bit 6 is 0, this bit may be omitted.
Table 5-6 shows the 1-bit request format field used in bus requests.
Table 5-6. Bus-Request Format Encoding
LR5
DATA RATE
0
LLC section does not request either Beta or legacy packet format for bus transmission.
1
LLC section requests Beta packet format for bus transmission.
Table 5-7 shows the 4-bit request speed field used in bus requests.
Table 5-7. Bus-Request Speed Encoding
LR[6:9]
DATA RATE
0000
S100
0001
Reserved
0010
S200
0011
Reserved
0100
S400
0101
Reserved
0110
S800
All Others
Invalid
NOTE
The TSB83AA23 PHY section accepts a bus request with an invalid speed code and
processes the bus request normally. However, during packet transmission for such a
request, the TSB83AA23 PHY section ignores any data presented by the LLC section and
transmits a null packet.
For a read register request, the length of the LREQ/PHY_LREQ bit stream is 10 bits (see Table 5-8).
Table 5-8. Read Register Request
BIT(s)
0
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Start bit
Indicates the beginning of the transfer (always 1)
1–4
Request type
1010 indicates this is a read register request.
5–8
Address
Identifies the address of the PHY section register to be read
9
Stop bit
Indicates the end of the transfer (always 0)
For a write register request, the length of the LREQ/PHY_LREQ bit stream is 18 bits (see Table 5-9).
Submit Documentation Feedback
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
45
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 5-9. Write Register Request
BIT(s)
0
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Start bit
Indicates the beginning of the transfer (always 1)
1–4
Request type
1011 indicates this is a write register request.
5–8
Address
Identifies the address of the PHY section register to be written
9–16
Data
Gives the data that is to be written to the specified register address
Stop bit
Indicates the end of the transfer (always 0)
17
For a link notification request, the length of the LREQ/PHY_LREQ bit stream is 6 bits (see Table 5-10).
Table 5-10. Link Notification Request
BIT(s)
0
1–4
5
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Start bit
Indicates the beginning of the transfer (always 1)
Request type
1100, 1101, or 1110 indicates this is a link notification request.
Stop bit
Indicates the end of the transfer (always 0)
For fair or priority access, the LLC section sends a bus request at least one clock after the PHY
section-LLC section interface becomes idle. The PHY section queues all bus requests and can queue one
request of each type. If the LLC section issues a different request of the same type, the new request
overwrites any nonserviced request of that type. Note, on the receipt (CTL terminals are asserted to the
receive state, 10b) of a packet, queued requests are not cleared by the PHY section.
The cycle master node uses a cycle-start request (Cyc_Start_Req) to send a cycle-start message. After
receiving or transmitting a cycle-start message, the LLC section can issue an isochronous bus request
(IsoReq). The PHY section clears an isochronous request only when the serial bus has been won.
To send an acknowledge packet, the LLC section must issue an immediate bus request (Immed_Req)
during the reception of the packet addressed to it. This is required to minimize the idle gap between the
end of the received packet and the start of the transmitted acknowledge packet. As soon as the received
packet ends, the PHY section immediately grants control of the bus to the LLC section. The LLC section
sends an acknowledgment to the sender unless the header CRC of the received packet is corrupted. In
this case, the LLC section does not transmit an acknowledge, but instead cancels the transmit operation
and immediately releases the interface ; the LLC section must not use this grant to send another type of
packet. After the interface is released the LLC section can proceed with another request.
For write register requests, the PHY section loads the specified data into the addressed register as soon
as the request transfer is complete. For read register requests, the PHY section returns the contents of the
addressed register to the LLC section at the next opportunity through a PHY status transfer. A write or
read register request can be made at any time, including while a bus request is pending. Once a read
register request is made, the PHY section ignores further read register requests until the register contents
are successfully transferred to the LLC section. A bus reset does not clear a pending read register
request.
5.2
Status Transfer
A status transfer is initiated by the PHY section when there is status information to be transferred to the
LLC section. Two types of status transfers can occur: bus status transfer and PHY status transfer. Bus
status transfers send the following status information: bus-reset indications, subaction and arbitration reset
gap indications, cycle-start indications, and PHY section interface-reset indications. PHY status transfers
send the following information: PHY section interrupt indications, unsolicited and solicited PHY section
register data, bus initialization indications, and PHY section-LLC section interface-error indications. The
PHY section uses a different mechanism to send the bus status transfer and the PHY status transfer.
46
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Bus status transfers use the PHY_CTL0-CTL0–PHY_CTL1-CTL1 and D0–D7/PHY_D0–D7 terminals to
transfer status information. Bus status transfers can occur during idle periods on the PHY section-LLC
section interface or during packet reception. When the status transfer occurs, a single PCLK/PHY_PCLK
cycle of status information is sent to the LLC section. The information is sent such that each individual Dn
terminal conveys a different bus status transfer event. During any bus status transfer, only one status bit is
set. If the PHY section-LLC section interface is inactive, the status information is not sent. When a bus
reset on the serial bus occurs, the PHY section sends a bus reset indication (via the CTLn and Dn
terminals), cancels all packet transfer requests, sets asynchronous and isochronous phases to even,
forwards self-ID packets to the link, and sends an unsolicited PHY section register 0 status transfer (via
the PINT terminal) to the LLC. In the case of a PHY section interface reset operation, the PHY
section-LLC section interface is reset on the following PCLK/PHY_PCLK cycle.
Table 5-11 shows the definition of the bits during the bus status transfer and Figure 5-3 shows the timing.
Table 5-11. Status Bits
STATUS BIT
DESCRIPTION
D0
Bus reset
D1
Arbitration reset gap—odd
D2
Arbitration reset gap—even
D3
Cycle start—odd
D4
Cycle start—even
D5
Subaction gap
D6
PHY section interface reset
D7
Reserved
CTL[0:1]
XX
01
XX
D[0:7]
XX
ST
XX
Status Bits
T0128-01
Figure 5-3. Bus Status Transfer
PHY status transfers use the PINT/PHY_PINT terminals to send status information serially to the LLC
section (see Figure 5-4). PHY status transfers (see Table 5-12) can occur at any time during normal
operation. The PHY section uses the PHY_INTERRUPT PHY status transfer when required to interrupt
the LLC section due to a configuration timeout, a cable power failure, a port interrupt, or an arbitration
timeout. When transferring PHY register contents, the PHY section uses either the solicited or the
unsolicited register read status transfer. The unsolicited register 0 contents are passed to the LLC only
during initialization of the serial bus. After any PHY section-LLC section interface initialization, the PHY
section sends a PHY status transfer indicating whether or not a bus reset occurred during the inactive
period of the PHY section-LLC section interface. If the PHY section receives an illegal request from the
LLC section, the PHY section issues an INTERFACE_ERROR PHY status transfer.
LR0
LR1
LR2
LR3
LR (n-2)
LR (n-1)
T0129-01
NOTE: Each cell represents one clock sample time, and n is the number of bits in the request stream.
Figure 5-4. PINT (PHY Section Interrupt) Stream
Submit Documentation Feedback
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
47
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 5-12. PHY Status Transfer Encoding
PI[1:3]
000
NAME
NUMBER
OF BITS
DESCRIPTION
NOP
No status indication
5
001
PHY_INTERRUPT
Interrupt indication: configuration timeout, cable power failure, port event
interrupt, or arbitration state machine timeout
5
010
PHY_REGISTER_SOL
Solicited PHY section register read
17
011
PHY_REGISTER_UNSOL
Unsolicited PHY section register read
17
100
PH_RESTORE_NO_RESET
PHY section-LLC section interface initialized; no bus resets occurred
5
101
PH_RESTORE_RESET
PHY section-LLC section interface initialized; a bus reset occurred
5
110
INTERFACE_ERROR
PHY section received illegal request
111
Reserved
Reserved
5
Reserved
Most PHY status transfers are 5 bits long. The transfer consists of a start bit (always 1), followed by a
request type (see Table 5-12), and lastly followed by a stop bit (always 0). The only exception is when the
transfer of register contents occurs. Solicited and unsolicited PHY register read transfers are 17 bits long
and include the additional information of the register address and the data contents of the register (see
Table 5-13).
Table 5-13. Register Read (Solicited and Unsolicited) PHY Status Transfer Encoding
BIT(s)
0
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Start bit
Indicates the beginning of the transfer (always 1)
1–3
Request type
010 or a 011 indicates a solicited or unsolicited register contents transfer.
4–7
Address
Identifies the address of the PHY section register whose contents are being transferred
8–15
Data
The contents of the register addressed in bits 4 through 7
Stop bit
Indicates the end of the transfer (always 0)
16
5.3
Receive
When the PHY section detects the data-prefix state on the serial bus, it initiates a receive operation by
asserting receive on the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals and a logic 1 on each of the D/PHY_D terminals
(data-on indication). The PHY section indicates the start of a packet by placing the speed code (encoded
as shown in Table 5-14) on the D/PHY_D terminals, followed by packet data. The PHY section holds the
CTL/PHY_CTL terminals in the receive state until the last symbol of the packet has been transferred. The
PHY section indicates the end of packet data by asserting idle on the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals. All
received packets are transferred to the LLC section. The speed code is part of the PHY section-LLC
section protocol and is not included in the calculation of CRC or any other data protection mechanisms.
The PHY section can optionally send status information to the LLC section at any time during the data-on
indication. Only bus status transfer information can be sent during a data-on indication. The PHY section
holds the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals in the status state for one PCLK cycle and modifies the D/PHY_D
terminals to the correct status state. The status transfer during the data-on indication does not need to be
preceded or followed by a data-on indication.
The PHY section can receive a null packet, which consists of the data-prefix state on the serial bus
followed by the data-end state, without any packet data. A null packet is transmitted when the packet
speed exceeds the capability of the receiving PHY section, or when the LLC section immediately releases
the bus without transmitting any data. In this case, the PHY section asserts receive on the CTL/PHY_CTL
terminals with the data-on indication (all 1s) on the D/PHY_D terminals, followed by idle on the
CTL/PHY_CTL terminals, without any speed code or data being transferred. In all cases, in normal
operation, the TSB83AA23 PHY section sends at least one data-on indication before sending the speed
code or terminating the receive operation.
48
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
The TSB83AA23 PHY section also transfers its own self-ID packet, transmitted during the self-ID phase of
bus initialization, to the LLC. This packet is transferred to the LLC section just as any other received
self-ID packet.
PCLK
CTL0, CTL1
10
(e)
(b)
(a)
D0–D7
FF (Data-On)
XX
00
(c)
(d)
SPD
d0
dn
00
T0111-01
NOTE: SPD = speed code (see Table 5-14), d0–dn = packet data
Figure 5-5. Normal Packet Reception
PCLK
CTL0, CTL1
10
(a)
D0–D7
XX
01
00
10
(e)
(b)
FF (Data-On)
STATUS
FF
(Data-On)
(c)
(d)
SPD
d0
dn
00
T0112-01
NOTE: SPD = speed code (see Table 5-14), d0–dn = packet data, STATUS = status bits (see Table 5-11)
Figure 5-6. Normal Packet Reception With Optional Bus Status Transfer
The sequence of events for a normal packet reception is:
1. Receive operation initiated. The PHY section indicates a receive operation by asserting receive on the
CTL/PHY_CTL lines. Normally, the interface is idle when receive is asserted. However, the receive
operation may interrupt a status-transfer operation that is in progress so that the CTL/PHY_CTL lines
can change from status to receive without an intervening idle.
2. Data-on indication. The PHY section may assert the data-on indication code on the D/PHY_D lines for
one or more cycles preceding the speed code. The PHY section may optionally send a bus status
transfer during the data-on indication for one PCLK cycle. During this cycle, the PHY section asserts
status (01b) on the CTL/PHY_CTL lines while sending status information on the D/PHY_D lines.
3. Speed code. The PHY section indicates the speed of the received packet by asserting a speed code
on the D/PHY_D lines for one cycle immediately preceding packet data. The LLC section decodes the
speed code on the first receive cycle for which the D/PHY_D lines are not the data-on code. If the
speed code is invalid or indicates a speed higher than that which the LLC section is capable of
handling, the link must ignore the subsequent data.
4. Receive data. Following the data-on indication (if any) and the speed code, the PHY section asserts
packet data on the D/PHY_D lines with receive on the CTL/PHY_CTL lines for the remainder of the
receive operation.
5. Receive operation terminated. The PHY section terminates the receive operation by asserting idle on
the CTL/PHY_CTL lines. The PHY section asserts at least one idle cycle following a receive operation.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
49
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
PCLK
CTL0, CTL1
(a)
D0–D7
XX
10
00
(b)
(c)
FF (Data-On)
00
T0113-01
Figure 5-7. Null Packet Reception
The sequence of events for a null packet reception is:
1. Receive operation initiated. The PHY section indicates a receive operation by asserting receive on the
CTL/PHY_CTL lines. Normally, the interface is idle when receive is asserted. However, the receive
operation may interrupt a status transfer operation that is in progress so that the CTL/PHY_CTL lines
can change from status to receive without an intervening idle.
2. Data-on indication. The PHY section asserts the data-on indication code on the D/PHY_D lines for one
or more cycles.
3. Receive operation terminated. The PHY section terminates the receive operation by asserting idle on
the CTL/PHY_CTL lines. The PHY section asserts at least one idle cycle following a receive operation.
Table 5-14. Receive Speed Codes and Format (1)
(1)
(2)
50
(2)
D0–D7
DATA RATE AND FORMAT
0000 0000
S100 legacy
0000 0001
S100 beta
0000 0100
S200 legacy
0000 0101
S200 beta
0000 1000
S400 legacy
0000 1001
S400 beta
0000 1101
S800 beta
1111 1111
Data-on indication
All Others
Reserved
Y = Output as 1 by PHY section, ignored by LLC section
X = Output as 0 by PHY section, ignored by LLC section
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
5.4
Transmit
When the LLC section issues a bus request through the LREQ terminal, the PHY section arbitrates to gain
control of the bus. If the PHY section wins arbitration for the serial bus, the PHY section-LLC section
interface bus is granted to the LLC section by asserting the grant state (11b) on the CTL/PHY_CTL
terminals and the grant type on the D/PHY_D terminals for one PCLK cycle, followed by idle for one clock
cycle. The LLC section then takes control of the bus by asserting either idle (00b), hold (11b), or transmit
(01b) on the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals. If the PHY does not detect a hold or transmit state within eight
PCLK cycles, the PHY section takes control of the PHY section-LLC section interface. The hold state is
used by the LLC section to retain control of the bus while it prepares data for transmission. The LLC
section can assert hold for zero or more clock cycles (that is, the LLC section need not assert hold before
transmit). During the hold state, the LLC section is expected to drive the D/PHY_D lines to 0. The PHY
section asserts data-prefix on the serial bus during this time.
When the LLC section is ready to send data, the LLC section asserts transmit on the CTL/PHY_CTL
terminals, as well as sending the first bits of packet data on the D/PHY_D lines. The transmit state is held
on the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals until the last bits of data have been sent. The LLC section then asserts
either hold or idle on the CTL/PHY_CTL terminals for one clock cycle. If hold is asserted, the hold is
immediately followed by one clock cycle of idle. The LLC section then releases the PHY section-LLC
section interface by putting the CTL/PHY_CTL and D/PHY_D terminals in a high-impedance state. The
PHY section then regains control of the PHY section-LLC section interface.
The hold state asserted at the end of packet transmission allows the LLC section to make an additional
link request for packet transmission and/or to notify the PHY section that the packet marks the end of a
subaction. The link requests allowed after packet transmission are listed in Table 5-15 (The link request
types allowed during this period are a subset of all of the allowed types of link requests—see Table 5-4).
The associated speed codes and packet format are listed in Table 5-16 and Table 5-17, respectively. If
the LLC section requests to send an additional packet, the PHY does not necessarily have to grant the
request. If the LLC section is notifying the PHY section of the end of a subaction, the LLC section sets D4
during the hold state at the end of packet transmission.
Table 5-15. Link-Request-Type Encoding During Packet
Transmission
D[1:3]
REQUEST TYPE
000
No request
001
Isoch_Req_Odd
010
Isoch_Req_Even
011
Current
100
Next_Even
101
Next_Odd
110
Cyc_Start_Req
111
Reserved
Table 5-16. Link-Request Speed-Code Encoding During
Packet Transmission
Submit Documentation Feedback
D[5:6]
DATA RATE
00
S100
01
S200
10
S400
11
S800
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
51
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 5-17. Link-Request Format Encoding During Packet Transmission
D0
FORMAT
0
LLC section does not request either Beta or legacy packet format for bus transmission
1
LLC section requests Beta packet format for bus transmission
Table 5-18. Subaction End-Notification Encoding During Packet Transmission
D4
DESCRIPTION
0
Transmitted packet does not represent end of a subaction
1
Transmitted packet marks the end of a subaction
The PHY section indicates to the LLC section during the GRANT cycle which type of grant is being issued.
This indication includes the grant type, as well as the grant speed. The LLC section uses the bus grant for
transmitting the granted packet type. The LLC section transmits a granted packet type only if its request
type matches the granted speed and the granted format.
Table 5-19. Format Type During Grant Cycle
D0 VALUE DURING GRANT CYCLE
FORMAT
0
Unspecified
1
Beta format
Table 5-20. Grant Type Values During Grant Cycle
D[1:3] VALUE DURING GRANT CYCLE
REQUEST TYPE
000
Reserved
001
Reserved
010
Isochronous grant
011
Reserved
100
Reserved
101
Asynchronous grant
110
Cycle-start grant
111
Immediate grant
Table 5-21. Speed Type Values During Grant Cycle
52
D[5:6] VALUE DURING GRANT CYCLE
SPEED TYPE
00
S100
01
S200
10
S400
11
S800
Principles of Operation (IEEE Std 1394b-2002 Interface)
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
This section describes the internal PCI configuration registers used to program the TSB83AA23 device. All
registers are detailed in the same format—a brief description for each register, followed by the register
offset and a bit table describing the reset state for each register.
A bit description table, typically included when the register contains bits of more than one type or purpose,
indicates bit field names; field access tags, which appear in the Type column; and a detailed field
description. Table 6-1 describes the field access tags.
Table 6-1. Bit Field Access Tag Descriptions
ACCESS TAG
6.1
NAME
MEANING
R
Read
Field can be read by software.
W
Write
Field can be written by software to any value.
S
Set
Field can be set (value changed to 1) by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.
C
Clear
Field can be cleared (value changed to 0) by a write of 1. Writes of 0 have no effect.
U
Update
Field can be autonomously updated by the TSB83AA23 device.
PCI Configuration Registers
The TSB83AA23 device is a single-function PCI device. The configuration header is compliant with the
PCI Local Bus Specification as a standard header. Table 6-2 shows the PCI configuration header that
includes both the predefined portion of the configuration space and the user-definable registers.
Table 6-2. PCI Configuration Register Map
REGISTER NAME
Device ID
Vendor ID
Status
Command
OFFSET
00h
04h
Class code
Built-in self-test
Header type
Latency timer
Revision ID
08h
Cache line size
0Ch
OHCI base address
10h
TI extension base address
14h
CardBus CIS base address
18h
Reserved
1Ch–27h
CardBus CIS pointer
28h
Subsystem ID
Subsystem vendor ID
2Ch
Reserved
30h
Power management
capabilities pointer
Reserved
34h
Reserved
Maximum latency
38h
Minimum grant
Interrupt pin
Interrupt line
Next-item pointer
Capability ID
3Ch
OHCI control
40h
Power management capabilities
Power management data
44h
Power management extension Power management control and status
Reserved
48h
4Ch–E4h
Multifunction select
E8h
Reserved
ECh
Miscellaneous configuration
F0h
LLC section enhancement control
F4h
Subsystem access
F8h
GPIO control register
FCh
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
53
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.1
Vendor ID Register
The vendor ID register contains a value allocated by the PCI SIG and identifies the manufacturer of the
PCI device. The vendor ID assigned to TI is 104Ch.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
00h
104Ch
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
6.1.2
Device ID Register
The device ID register contains a value assigned to the TSB83AA23 device by TI. The device
identification for the TSB83AA23 device is 8025h.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
02h
8025h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
6.1.3
Command Register
The command register provides control over the TSB83AA23 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions
adhere to the definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification, as given in the following bit descriptions. See
Table 6-3 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
04h
0000h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
54
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-3. Command Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
15–11
TYPE
RSVD
10
DESCRIPTION
R
INT_DISABLE
Reserved. Bits 15–11 return 0s when read.
R/W
INTx disable. When set to 1, this bit disables the function from asserting interrupts on the INTx
signals.
0 = INTx assertion is enabled (default).
1 = INTx assertion is disabled.
This bit has been defined as part of the PCI Local Bus Specification (Revision 2.3).
9
FBB_ENB
R
Fast back-to-back enable. The TSB83AA23 device does not generate fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, bit 9 returns 0 when read.
8
SERR_ENB
R/W
PCI_SERR enable. When bit 8 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 PCI_SERR driver is enabled. PCI_SERR
can be asserted after detecting an address parity error on the PCI bus.
7
STEP_ENB
R
Address/data stepping control. The TSB83AA23 device does not support address/data stepping;
therefore, bit 7 is hardwired to 0.
6
PERR_ENB
R/W
Parity error enable. When bit 6 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to drive PCI_PERR
response to parity errors through the PCI_PERR signal.
5
VGA_ENB
R
4
MWI_ENB
R/W
3
SPECIAL
R
2
MASTER_ENB
R/W
Bus master enable. When bit 2 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to initiate cycles on the
PCI bus.
1
MEMORY_ENB
R/W
Memory response enable. Setting bit 1 to 1 enables the TSB83AA23 device to respond to memory
cycles on the PCI bus. This bit must be set to access OHCI registers.
0
IO_ENB
6.1.4
VGA palette snoop enable. The TSB83AA23 device does not feature VGA palette snooping;
therefore, bit 5 returns 0 when read.
Memory write and invalidate enable. When bit 4 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to
generate MWI PCI bus commands. If this bit is cleared, then the TSB83AA23 device generates
memory write commands instead.
Special cycle enable. The TSB83AA23 function does not respond to special cycle transactions;
therefore, bit 3 returns 0 when read.
R
I/O space enable. The TSB83AA23 device does not implement any I/O-mapped functionality;
therefore, bit 0 returns 0 when read.
Status Register
The status register provides status over the TSB83AA23 interface to the PCI bus. All bit functions adhere
to the definitions in the PCI Local Bus Specification. See Table 6-4 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/clear/update, read only
06h
0210h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0.
0
0
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
55
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-4. Status Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
15
PAR_ERR
RCU
Detected parity error. Bit 15 is set to 1 when either an address parity or data parity error is detected.
14
SYS_ERR
RCU
Signaled system error. Bit 14 is set to 1 when PCI_SERR is enabled and the TSB83AA23 device has
signaled a system error to the host.
13
MABORT
RCU
Received master abort. Bit 13 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the TSB83AA23 device on the PCI
bus is terminated by a master abort.
12
TABORT_REC
RCU
Received target abort. Bit 12 is set to 1 when a cycle initiated by the TSB83AA23 device on the PCI
bus is terminated by a target abort.
11
TABORT_SIG
RCU
Signaled target abort. Bit 11 is set to 1 by the TSB83AA23 device when it terminates a transaction on
the PCI bus with a target abort.
10–9
8
PCI_SPEED
R
DATAPAR
RCU
DEVSEL timing. Bits 10 and 9 encode the timing of PCI_DEVSEL and are hardwired to 01b,
indicating that the TSB83AA23 device asserts this signal at a medium speed on nonconfiguration
cycle accesses.
Data parity error detected. Bit 8 is set to 1 when the following conditions have been met:
a. PCI_PERR was asserted by any PCI device including the TSB83AA23 device.
b. The TSB83AA23 device was the bus master during the data parity error
c. Bit 6 (PERR_ENB) in the command register at offset 04h in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 6.1.3) is set to 1.
7
FBB_CAP
R
Fast back-to-back capable. The TSB83AA23 device cannot accept fast back-to-back transactions;
therefore, bit 7 is hardwired to 0.
6
UDF
R
User-definable features (UDF) supported. The TSB83AA23 device does not support the UDF;
therefore, bit 6 is hardwired to 0.
5
66MHZ
R
66-MHz capable. The TSB83AA23 device operates at a maximum PCI_CLK frequency of 33 MHz;
therefore, bit 5 is hardwired to 0.
4
CAPLIST
R
Capabilities list. Bit 4 returns 1 when read, indicating that capabilities additional to standard PCI are
implemented. The linked list of PCI power-management capabilities is implemented in this function.
3
INT_STATUS
RU
Interrupt status. This bit reflects the interrupt status of the function. Only when bit 10 (INT_DISABLE)
in the command register (PCI offset 04h, see Section 1.4) is a 0 and this bit is a 1, is the function’s
INTx signal asserted. Setting the INT_DISABLE bit to a 1 has no effect on the state of this bit. This
bit has been defined as part of the PCI Local Bus Specification (Revision 2.3).
2–0
6.1.5
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 2–0 return 0s when read.
Revision ID Register
The revision ID register contains the TI chip revision. See Table 6-5 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
08h
01h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Table 6-5. Revision ID Register Description
BIT
7–0
56
FIELD NAME
CHIPREV
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Silicon revision. This field returns 01h when read, indicating the silicon revision of the TSB83AA23
device.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.6
Class Code Register
The class code register categorizes the TSB83AA23 device as a serial bus controller (0Ch) controlling an
IEEE 1394 bus (00h), with an OHCI programming model (10h). See Table 6-6 for a description of the
register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
09h
0C00 10h
Bit
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Table 6-6. Class Code Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
23–16
BASECLASS
R
Base class. This field returns 0Ch when read, which broadly classifies the function as a serial bus
controller.
15–8
SUBCLASS
R
Subclass. This field returns 00h when read, which specifically classifies the function as controlling an
IEEE 1394 serial bus.
7–0
PGMIF
R
Programming interface. This field returns 10h when read, which indicates that the programming
model is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
57
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.7
Cache Line Size Register
The cache line size register is programmed by the host BIOS to indicate the system cache line size
associated with the TSB83AA23 device. See Table 6-7 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
0Ch
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-7. Cache Line Size Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
CACHELINE_SZ
6.1.8
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Cache line size. This value is used by the TSB83AA23 device during memory write-and-invalidate,
memory read-line, and memory read-multiple transactions.
Latency Timer Register
The latency timer register is programmed by host BIOS to indicate the latency timer associated with the
TSB83AA23 device. See Table 6-8 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
0Dh
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-8. Latency Timer Register Description
BIT
7–0
FIELD NAME
LATENCY_TIMER
6.1.9
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
PCI latency timer. The value in this register specifies the latency timer for the TSB83AA23 device, in
units of PCI clock cycles. When the TSB83AA23 device is a PCI bus initiator and asserts
PCI_FRAME, the latency timer begins counting from zero. If the latency timer expires before the
TSB83AA23 transaction has terminated, then the TSB83AA23 device terminates the transaction
when its PCI_GNT is deasserted.
Header Type Register
The header type register indicates the TSB83AA23 PCI header type. See Table 6-9 for a description of
the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
0Eh
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-9. Header Type Register Description
58
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7–0
HEADER_TYPE
R
PCI header type. The TSB83AA23 device includes the standard PCI header, which is communicated
by returning 00h when this field is read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.10 Built-In Self-Test (BIST) Register
The built-in self-test (BIST) register indicates the TSB83AA23 PCI header type, and indicates no built-in
self test. See Table 6-10 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
0Fh
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-10. Built-In Self-Test (BIST) Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
BIST
DESCRIPTION
R
Built-in self-test. The TSB83AA23 device does not include a BIST; therefore, this field returns 00h
when read.
6.1.11 OHCI Base Address Register
The OHCI base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped
OHCI control. When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is FFFF F800h, indicating that
at least 2K bytes of memory address space are required for the OHCI registers. See Table 6-11 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
10h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-11. OHCI Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
OHCIREG_PTR
10–4
OHCI_SZ
R
OHCI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI registers require a
2K-byte region of memory.
3
OHCI_PF
R
OHCI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are
nonprefetchable.
OHCI_MEMTYPE
R
OHCI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the OHCI base address
register is 32 bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
OHCI_MEM
R
OHCI memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the OHCI registers are
mapped into system memory space.
2–1
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
R/W
DESCRIPTION
31–11
OHCI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit OHCI base address
register.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
59
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.12 TI Extension Base Address Register
The TI extension base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the
memory-mapped TI extension registers. When BIOS writes all 1s to this register, the value read back is
FFFF F800h, indicating that at least 2K bytes of memory address space are required for the TI registers.
See Table 6-12 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
14h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-12. TI Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–11
TIREG_PTR
10–4
TI_SZ
R
TI register size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI registers require a 2K-byte
region of memory.
3
TI_PF
R
TI register prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TI registers are nonprefetchable.
TI_MEMTYPE
R
TI memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the TI base address register is 32
bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
TI_MEM
R
TI memory indicator. Bit 0 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TI registers are mapped into
system memory space.
2–1
0
R/W
TI register pointer. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit TI base address register.
6.1.13 CardBus CIS Base Address Register
The TSB83AA23 device can be configured to support CardBus registers via bit 6 (CARDBUS) in the PCI
miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.30). If
CARDBUS is low (default), then this 32-bit register returns 0s when read. If CARDBUS is high, this
register is to be programmed with a base address referencing the memory-mapped card information
structure (CIS). This register must be programmed with a nonzero value before the CIS can be accessed.
See Table 6-13 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
18h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-13. CardBus CIS Base Address Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
CIS base address. This field specifies the upper 21 bits of the 32-bit CIS base address. If CARDBUS
is sampled high on a G_RST, this field is read only, returning 0s when read.
31–11
CIS_BASE
10–4
CIS_SZ
R
CIS address space size. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the CIS space requires a
2K-byte region of memory.
3
CIS_PF
R
CIS prefetch. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that the CIS is nonprefetchable. Furthermore, the
CIS is a byte-accessible address space, and either a double word or 16-bit word access yields
indeterminate results.
CIS_MEMTYPE
R
CIS memory type. This field returns 0s when read, indicating that the CardBus CIS base address
register is 32 bits wide and mapping can be done anywhere in the 32-bit memory space.
CIS_MEM
R
CIS memory indicator. This bit returns 0 when read, indicating that the CIS is mapped into system
memory space.
2–1
0
6.1.14 CardBus CIS Pointer Register
The TSB83AA23 device can be configured to support CardBus registers via bit 6 (CARDBUS) in the PCI
miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.30). If
CARDBUS is low (default), then this register is read-only returning 0s when read. If CARDBUS is high,
then this register contains the pointer to the CardBus card information structure (CIS). See Table 6-14 for
a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
28h
0000 000Xh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
Table 6-14. CardBus CIS Pointer Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–28
ROM_IMAGE
R
Because the CIS is not implemented as a ROM image, this field returns 0s when read.
27–3
CIS_OFFSET
R
This field indicates the offset into the CIS address space where the CIS begins, and bits 7–3 are
loaded from the serial EEPROM field CIS_Offset (7–3). This implementation allows the TSB83AA23
device to produce serial EEPROM addresses equal to the lower PCI address byte to acquire data
from the serial EEPROM.
2–0
CIS_INDICATOR
R
This field indicates the address space where the CIS resides and returns 011b if bit 6 (CARDBUS)
in the PCI miscellaneous configuration register is high, then 011b indicates that CardBus CIS base
address register at offset 18h in the PCI configuration header contains the CIS base address. If
CARDBUS is low, this field returns 000b when read.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
61
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.15 Subsystem Vendor ID Register
The subsystem vendor ID register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This
register can be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at
offset F8h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.32). See Table 6-15 for a description of the
register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
2Ch
0000h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-15. Subsystem Vendor ID Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
15–0
TYPE
OHCI_SSVID
DESCRIPTION
RU
Subsystem vendor ID. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.
6.1.16 Subsystem ID Register
The subsystem ID register is used for system and option card identification purposes. This register
can be initialized from the serial EEPROM or programmed via the subsystem access register at offset F8h
in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.32). See Table 6-16 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
2Eh
0000h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-16. Subsystem ID Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
15–0
TYPE
OHCI_SSID
RU
DESCRIPTION
Subsystem device ID. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.
6.1.17 Power Management Capabilities Pointer Register
The power management capabilities pointer register provides a pointer into the PCI configuration header
where the power-management register block resides. The TSB83AA23 configuration header double words
at offsets 44h and 48h provide the power-management registers. This register is read only and returns
44h when read.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
34h
44h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
62
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.18 Interrupt Line Register
The interrupt line register communicates interrupt line routing information. See Table 6-17 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
3Ch
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-17. Interrupt Line Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Interrupt line. This field is programmed by the system and indicates to software that interrupt line the
TSB83AA23 PCI_INTA is connected to.
INTR_LINE
6.1.19 Interrupt Pin Register
The interrupt pin register communicates interrupt line routing information. See Table 6-18 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
3Dh
01h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Table 6-18. Interrupt Line and Pin Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
INTR_PIN
R
DESCRIPTION
Interrupt pin. Returns 01h when read, indicating that the TSB83AA23 PCI function signals interrupts
on the PCI_INTA terminal.
6.1.20 Minimum Grant Register
The minimum grant register communicates to the system the desired setting of the latency timer register
at offset 0Dh in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.8). If a serial EEPROM is detected, the
contents of this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface after a PCI_RST. If no serial
EEPROM is detected, this register returns a default value that corresponds to MIN_GNT = 2. See
Table 6-19 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
3Eh
02h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Table 6-19. Minimum Grant Register Description
BIT
7–0
FIELD NAME
MIN_GNT
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RU
Minimum grant. The contents of this field can be used by host BIOS to assign a latency timer register
value to the TSB83AA23 device. The default for this field indicates that the TSB83AA23 device might
need to sustain burst transfers for nearly 64 µs and, thus, request a large value be programmed in
the TSB83AA23 latency timer register at offset 0Dh in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 6.1.8, Latency Timer Register).
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
63
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.21 Maximum Latency Register
The maximum latency register communicates to the system the desired setting of the latency timer and
class cache line size register at offset 0Dh in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.8). If a serial
EEPROM is detected, the contents of this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface after a
PCI_RST. If no serial EEPROM is detected, this register returns a default value that corresponds to
MAX_LAT = 4. See Table 6-20 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
3Fh
04h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Table 6-20. Maximum Latency Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
MAX_LAT
DESCRIPTION
RU
Maximum latency. The contents of this field can be used by host BIOS to assign an arbitration
priority level to the TSB83AA23 device. The default for this field indicates that the TSB83AA23
device might need to access the PCI bus as often as every 0.25 µs; thus, an extremely high priority
level is requested. The contents of this field also can be loaded through the serial EEPROM.
6.1.22 OHCI Control Register
The OHCI control register is defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification and
provides a bit for big endian PCI support. See Table 6-21 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
40h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-21. OHCI Control Register Description
BIT
31–1
0
64
FIELD NAME
RSVD
GLOBAL_SWAP
TYPE
R
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–1 return 0s when read.
When bit 0 is set to 1, all quadlets read from and written to the PCI interface are byte swapped (big
endian). This bit is loaded from serial EEPROM and must be cleared to 0 for normal operation.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.23 Capability ID Register
The capability ID register identifies the linked-list capability item. See Table 6-22 for a description of the
register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
44h
01h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Table 6-22. Capability ID Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
7–0
CAPABILITY_ID
R
Capability identification. This field returns 01h when read, which is the unique ID assigned by the PCI
SIG for PCI power-management capability.
6.1.24 Next-Item Pointer Register
The next-item pointer register provides a pointer to the next capability item. See Table 6-23 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
45h
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-23. Next-Item Pointer Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
NEXT_ITEM
DESCRIPTION
R
Next-item pointer. The TSB83AA23 device supports only one additional capability that is
communicated to the system through the extended capabilities list; therefore, this field returns 00h
when read.
6.1.25 Power Management Capabilities Register
The power management capabilities register indicates the capabilities of the TSB83AA23 device related to
PCI power management. See Table 6-24 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update, read only
46h
7E02h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
65
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-24. Power Management Capabilities Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
15
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RU
PCI_PME support from D3cold. This bit can be set to 1 or cleared to 0 via bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in
the miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 6.1.30, Miscellaneous Configuration Register). The miscellaneous configuration register is
loaded from ROM. When this bit is set to 1, it indicates that the TSB83AA23 device is capable of
generating a PCI_PME wake event from D3cold. This bit state is dependent on the TSB83AA23
VAUX implementation and can be configured by using bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the miscellaneous
configuration register (see Section 6.1.30).
R
PCI_PME support. This 4-bit field indicates the power states from which the TSB83AA23 device can
assert PCI_PME. This field returns a value of 1111b, indicating that PCI_PME can be asserted from
the D3hot, D2, D1, and D0 power states.
PME_D3COLD
14–11
PME_SUPPORT
Bit 14 contains the value 1 to indicate that the PCI_PME signal can be asserted from the D3hot
state.
Bit 13 contains the value 1 to indicate that the PCI_PME signal can be asserted from the D2 state.
Bit 12 contains the value 1 to indicate that the PCI_PME signal can be asserted from the D1 state.
Bit 11 contains the value 1 to indicate that the PCI_PME signal can be asserted from the D0 state.
10
D2_SUPPORT
R
D2 support. Bit 10 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the TSB83AA23 device supports the D2 power
state.
9
D1_SUPPORT
R
D1 support. Bit 9 is hardwired to 1, indicating that the TSB83AA23 device supports the D1 power
state.
AUX_CURRENT
R
Auxiliary current. This 3-bit field reports the 3.3-VAUX auxiliary current requirements. When bit 15
(PME_D3COLD) is cleared, this field returns 000b; otherwise, it returns 001b.
8–6
000b = Self powered
001b = 55 mA (3.3-VAUX maximum current required)
5
DSI
R
Device-specific initialization. Bit 5 returns 0 when read, indicating that the TSB83AA23 device does
not require special initialization beyond the standard PCI configuration header before a generic
class driver is able to use it.
4
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 4 returns 0 when read.
3
PME_CLK
R
PME clock. Bit 3 returns 0 when read, indicating that no host bus clock is required for the
TSB83AA23 device to generate PCI_PME.
PM_VERSION
R
Power-management version. This field returns 010b when read, indicating that the TSB83AA23
device is compatible with the registers described in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface
Specification (Revision 1.1).
2–0
6.1.26 Power Management Control and Status Register
The power management control and status register implements the control and status of the PCI power
management function. This register is not affected by the internally generated reset caused by the
transition from the D3hot to D0 state. See Table 6-25 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/clear, read/write, read only
48h
0000h
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-25. Power Management Control and Status Register Description
BIT
15
14–9
66
FIELD NAME
PME_STS
RSVD
TYPE
RC
R
DESCRIPTION
Bit 15 is set to 1 when the TSB83AA23 device normally asserts the PME signal, independent of the
state of bit 8 (PME_ENB). This bit is cleared by a write back of 1, which also clears the PCI_PME
signal driven by the TSB83AA23 device. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect.
Reserved. Bits 14–9 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-25. Power Management Control and Status Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
8
TYPE
PME_ENB
7–2
RSVD
1–0
PWR_STATE
R/W
R
R/W
DESCRIPTION
When bit 8 is set to 1, PME assertion is enabled. When bit 8 is cleared, PME assertion is disabled.
This bit defaults to 0 if the function does not support PME generation from D3cold. If the function
supports PME from D3cold, this bit is sticky and must be explicitly cleared by the operating system
each time it is initially loaded. Functions that do not support PME generation from any D-state (that
is, bits 15–11 in the power management capabilities register at offset 46h in the PCI configuration
space (see Section 6.1.30, Power Management Capabilities Register) equal 00000b), may hardwire
this bit to be read-only, always returning a 0 when read by system software.
Reserved. Bits 7–2 return 0s when read.
Power state. This 2-bit field is used to set the TSB83AA23 device power state and is encoded as
follows:
00 = Current power state is D0.
01 = Current power state is D1.
10 = Current power state is D2.
11 = Current power state is D3.
6.1.27 Power Management Extension Register
The power management extension register provides extended power-management features not applicable
to the TSB83AA23 device; thus, it is read-only and returns 0s when read. See Table 6-26 for a description
of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
4Ah
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-26. Power Management Extension Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
7–0
TYPE
RSVD
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 7–0 return 0s when read.
6.1.28 Power Management Data Register
The power management data register provides extended power-management features not applicable to
the TSB83AA23 device; thus, it is read-only and returns 0s when read. See Table 6-26 for a description of
the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
4Bh
00h
Bit
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-27. Power Management Data Register Description
BIT
7–0
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
Submit Documentation Feedback
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 7–0 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
67
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.29 Multifunction Select Register
The multifunction select register provides a method. See Table 6-28 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write/update, read only
E8h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-28. Multifunction Select Register
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–8
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 31–8 return 0s when read.
7
RSVD
R
Reserved. This read-only bit is for internal use only.
6–4
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 6–4 return 0s when read.
3–0
MFUNC_SEL
R/W/U
Power state. This 4-bit field is used to set the TSB83AA23 device power state and is encoded as
follows:
0000 = General-purpose input/output
0001 = CYCLEIN
0010 = CYCLEOUT
0011 = PCI_CLKRUN
0100 = Reserved
0101 = Reserved
0110 = Reserved
0111 = Reserved
6.1.30 Miscellaneous Configuration Register
The miscellaneous configuration register provides miscellaneous PCI-related configuration. See
Table 6-29 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
F0h
0000 0010h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
68
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-29. Miscellaneous Configuration Register
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31–16 RSVD
15
PME_D3COLD
R
R/W
14–11 RSVD
10
9–8
Ignore_
IntMask.masterInt
Enable_for_pme
MR_ENHANCE
R
R/W
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–16 return 0s when read.
PCI_PME support from D3cold. This bit programs bit 15 (PME_D3COLD) in the power management
capabilities register at offset 46h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.30, Power
Management Capabilities Register).
Reserved. Bits 14–11 return 0s when read.
Ignore_IntMask.masterIntEnable_for_pme generation. When set to 1, this bit causes PME
generation behavior to be changed. Also, when set to 1, this bit causes bit 26 of the OHCI vendor
ID register at OHCI offset 40h (see Section 6.2.15, OHCI Vendor ID Register) to read 1; otherwise,
bit 26 reads 0.
0=
PME behavior generated from unmasked interrupt bits and bit 31 (masterIntEnable) in the
interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 88h (see Section 6.2.22, Interrupt Mask Register)
(default)
1=
PME behavior does not depend on the value of bit 31 (masterIntEnable).
This field selects the read command behavior of the PCI master.
00 = Memory read line (default)
01 = Memory read
10 = Memory read multiple
11 = Reserved
7
RSVD
6
CARDBUS
5
RSVD
4
DIS_TGT_ABT
R
R/W
R
R/W
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
CardBus. When bit 6 is set to 1, CardBus register support is enabled, that is, the CardBus base
register and CardBus CIS pointer are valid. Bit 6 is only set if a serial EEPROM is present and
contains a valid CIS. If bit 6 is set to 1, a valid CIS must be implemented in the EEPROM at an
offset pointed to in EEPROM word 0x14, bits 7–3.
Reserved. Bit 5 returns 0 when read.
Bit 4 defaults to 1, disabling the target abort behavior when accesses are made to PHY clock
domain registers while no clock is present. Bit 4 can be set to 0 to provide OHCI-Lynx™-compatible
target abort signaling. When this bit is set to 1, it enables the no-target-abort mode, in which the
TSB83AA23 device returns indeterminate data instead of signaling target abort.
The TSB83AA23 LLC is divided into the PCI_CLK and SCLK domains. If software tries to access
registers in the link that are not active because SCLK is disabled, a target abort is issued by the
link. On some systems, this can cause a problem resulting in a fatal system error. Enabling this bit
allows the link to respond to these types of requests by returning FFh.
It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
3
RSVD
R
2
DISABLE_
SCLKGATE
R/W
When bit 2 is set to 1, the internal SCLK runs identically with the chip input. This is a test feature
only and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).
1
DISABLE_PCIGATE
R/W
When bit 1 is set to 1, the internal PCI clock runs identically with the chip input. This is a test feature
only and must be cleared to 0 (all applications).
0
KEEP_PCLK
R/W
When bit 0 is set to 1, the PCI clock always is kept running through the PCI_CLKRUN protocol.
When this bit is cleared, the PCI clock can be stopped using PCI_CLKRUN.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Reserved. Bit 3 returns 0 when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
69
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.31 LLC Section Enhancement Control Register
The LLC section enhancement control register implements TI proprietary bits that are initialized by
software or by a serial EEPROM, if present. After these bits are set to 1, their functionality is enabled only
if bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see
Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1. See Table 6-30 for a description of the
register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
F4h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
70
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-30. LLC Section Enhancement Control Register Description
BIT
31–16
FIELD NAME
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–16 return 0s when read.
15
DisableATPipelining
R/W
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.
14
EnableDraft
R/W
Enable OHCI 1.2 draft features. When bit 14 is set to 1, it enables some features beyond the
OHCI 1.1 specification. Specifically, this enables HCControl.LPS to be cleared by writing a 1 to
the HCControlClear.LPS bit and enables the link to set bit 9 in the xferStatus field of AR and IR
ContextControl registers.
atx_thresh
R/W
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is under run. When
the TSB83AA23 device retries the packet, it uses a 2K-byte threshold resulting in a
store-and-forward operation.
13–12
00 = 4K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward operation (default)
01 = 1.7K-byte threshold
10 = 1K-byte threshold
11 = 512-byte threshold
These bits fine-tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. Changing this value can increase or
decrease the 1394 latency depending on the average PCI bus latency.
Setting the AT threshold to 1.7K, 1K, or 512 bytes results in data being transmitted at these
thresholds or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be
transmitted is larger than the AT threshold, then the remaining data must be received before the
AT FIFO is emptied; otherwise, an under run condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the
receiving node. As a result, the link then commences store-and-forward operation—that is, wait
until it has the complete packet in the FIFO before retransmitting it on the second attempt, to
ensure delivery.
An AT threshold of 4K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous
data is not transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT
threshold to 4K results in only complete packets being transmitted.
This device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register at
OHCI offset 08h (see Section 6.2.3, Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register) is cleared.
11–10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 11–10 return 0s when read.
9
enab_aud_ts
R/W
Enable audio/music CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 9 is set to 1, the enhancement is
enabled for audio/music CIP transmit streams (FMT = 10h).
8
enab_dv_ts
R/W
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for
DV CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).
7
enab_unfair
R/W
Enable asynchronous priority requests. OHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the LLC
section to respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
6
RSVD
R
Bit 6 is not assigned in the TSB83AA23 follow-on products because this location, which is loaded
by the serial EEPROM from the enhancements field, corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable)
in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller
Control Register).
5–3
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 5–3 return 0s when read.
2
enab_insert_idle
R/W
Enable insert idle. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When the PHY section has control of the
PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1 control lines and PHY_DATA0–PHY_DATA7 data lines and the link
requests control, the PHY section drives 11b on the PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1 lines. The LLC
section can then start driving these lines immediately. Setting bit 2 to 1 inserts an idle state, so
the link waits one clock cycle before it starts driving the lines (turnaround time).
1
enab_accel
R/W
Enable acceleration enhancements. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY
section is notified that the LLC section supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration
enhancements, that is, ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that bit 1 be
set to 1.
0
RSVD
Submit Documentation Feedback
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
71
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.1.32 Subsystem Access Register
During a write to the subsystem access register, the value written updates the subsystem identification
register. The system ID value written to this register also can be read back from this register. See
Table 6-31 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
F8h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-31. Subsystem Access Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–16
SUBDEV_ID
R/W
Subsystem device ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem device ID.
15–0
SUBVEN_ID
R/W
Subsystem vendor ID alias. This field indicates the subsystem vendor ID.
6.1.33 GPIO Control Register
The GPIO control register has the control and status bits for the GPIO2 and GPIO3 ports. See Table 6-32
for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write/update, read/write, read only
FCh
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-32. GPIO Control Register Description
BIT
31–24
TYPE
R
INT_EN
22
RSVD
21
GPIO_INV
R/W
GPIO polarity invert. When bit 21 is set to 1, the polarity of GPIO is inverted.
20
GPIO_ENB
R/W
GPIO enable control. When bit 20 is set to 1, the output is enabled. Otherwise, the output is high
impedance.
16
15–0
RSVD
GPIO_DATA
RSVD
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–24 return 0s when read.
23
19–17
72
FIELD NAME
RSVD
R
R
RWU
R
When bit 23 is set to 1, a TSB83AA23 general-purpose interrupt event occurs on a level change of
the GPIO input. This event can generate an interrupt, with mask and event status reported through
the interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 88h/8Ch (see Section 6.2.22, Interrupt Mask Register) and
the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register).
Reserved. Bit 22 returns 0 when read.
Reserved. Bits 19–17 return 0s when read.
GPIO data. Reads from bit 16 return the logical value of the input to GPIO. Writes to this bit update
the value to drive to GPIO when the output is enabled.
Reserved. Bits 15–0 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2
OHCI Registers
The OHCI registers defined by the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification are memory mapped
into a 2K-byte region of memory pointed to by the OHCI base address register at offset 10h in PCI
configuration space (see Section 6.1.11, OHCI Base Address Register). These registers are the primary
interface for controlling the TSB83AA23 IEEE 1394 link function.
This section provides the register interface and bit descriptions. Several set/clear register pairs in this
programming model are implemented to solve various issues with typical read-modify-write control
registers. There are two addresses for a set/clear register, RegisterSet and RegisterClear. See Table 6-33
for a register listing. A 1 bit written to RegisterSet causes the corresponding bit in the set/clear register to
be set to 1; a 0 bit leaves the corresponding bit unaffected. A 1 bit written to RegisterClear causes the
corresponding bit in the set/clear register to be cleared; a 0 bit leaves the corresponding bit in the set/clear
register unaffected.
Typically, a read from either RegisterSet or RegisterClear returns the contents of the set or clear register,
respectively. However, sometimes reading the RegisterClear provides a masked version of the set or clear
register. The interrupt event register is an example of this behavior.
Table 6-33. OHCI Register Map
DMA CONTEXT
—
REGISTER NAME
Submit Documentation Feedback
OFFSET
OHCI version
Version
00h
GUID ROM
GUID_ROM
04h
Asynchronous transmit retries
ATRetries
08h
CSR data
CSRData
0Ch
CSR compare data
CSRCompareData
10h
CSR control
CSRControl
14h
Configuration ROM header
ConfigROMhdr
18h
Bus identification
BusID
1Ch
Bus options
BusOptions
20h
GUID high
GUIDHi
24h
GUID low
GUIDLo
28h
Reserved
—
2Ch–30h
Configuration ROM mapping
ConfigROMmap
34h
Posted write address low
PostedWriteAddressLo
38h
Posted write address high
PostedWriteAddressHi
3Ch
OHCI vendor ID
VendorID
40h
Reserved
—
44h–4Ch
HCControlSet
50h
HCControlClr
54h
Reserved
—
58h–5Ch
Reserved
—
60h
Self-ID buffer pointer
SelfIDBuffer
64h
Self-ID count
SelfIDCount
68h
Reserved
—
6Ch
Host controller control
Self-ID
ABBREVIATION
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
73
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-33. OHCI Register Map (continued)
DMA CONTEXT
—
REGISTER NAME
Isochronous receive channel mask high
Isochronous receive channel mask low
Interrupt event
Interrupt mask
Isochronous transmit interrupt event
Isochronous transmit interrupt mask
—
Isochronous receive interrupt event
Isochronous receive interrupt mask
74h
IRChannelMaskLoSet
78h
IRChannelMaskLoClear
7Ch
IntEventSet
80h
IntEventClear
84h
IntMaskSet
88h
IntMaskClear
8Ch
IsoXmitIntEventSet
90h
IsoXmitIntEventClear
94h
IsoXmitIntMaskSet
98h
IsoXmitIntMaskClear
9Ch
IsoRecvIntEventSet
A0h
IsoRecvIntEventClear
A4h
IsoRecvIntMaskSet
A8h
ACh
IntBandwidthAvailable
B0h
Initial channels available high
IntChannelHiAvailable
B4h
Initial channels available low
IntChannelLoAvailable
B8h
Reserved
—
BCh–D8h
Fairness control
FairnessControl
DCh
LinkControlSet
E0h
LinkControlClear
E4h
Node identification
NodeID
E8h
PHY layer control
PhyControl
ECh
Isochronous cycle timer
Isocyctimer
F0h
Reserved
—
F4h–FCh
AsyncRequestFilterHiSet
100h
AsyncRequestFilterHiClear
104h
AsyncRequestFilterLoSet
108h
AsyncRequestFilterloClear
10Ch
PhysicalRequestFilterHiSet
110h
PhysicalRequestFilterHiClear
114h
PhysicalRequestFilterLoSet
118h
PhysicalRequestFilterloClear
11Ch
Physical upper bound
PhysicalUpperBound
120h
Reserved
—
124h–17Ch
ContextControlSet
180h
ContextControlClear
184h
Reserved
—
188h
Asynchronous context command pointer
CommandPtr
18Ch
Reserved
—
190h–19Ch
ContextControlSet
1A0h
ContextControlClear
1A4h
Reserved
—
1A8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
CommandPtr
1ACh
Reserved
—
1B0h–1BCh
Asynchronous request filter low
Physical request filter high
Physical request filter low
74
IRChannelMaskHiClear
IsoRecvIntMaskClear
Asynchronous request filter high
Asynchronous Response
Transmit [ ATRS ]
OFFSET
70h
Initial bandwidth available
LLC section control
Asynchronous Request
Transmit [ ATRQ ]
ABBREVIATION
IRChannelMaskHiSet
Asynchronous context control
Asynchronous context control
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-33. OHCI Register Map (continued)
DMA CONTEXT
REGISTER NAME
Asynchronous Request
Receive [ ARRQ ]
ContextControlClear
1C4h
Reserved
—
1C8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
CommandPtr
1CCh
Reserved
—
1D0h–1DCh
ContextControlSet
1E0h
ContextControlClear
1E4h
Reserved
—
1E8h
Asynchronous context command pointer
CommandPtr
1ECh
Reserved
—
1F0h–1FCh
ContextControlSet
200h + 16*n
ContextControlClear
204h + 16*n
Reserved
—
208h + 16*n
Isochronous transmit context command pointer
CommandPtr
20Ch + 16*n
Reserved
—
280h–3FCh
ContextControlSet
400h + 32*n
ContextControlClear
404h + 32*n
Reserved
—
408h + 32*n
Isochronous receive context command pointer
CommandPtr
40Ch + 32*n
Isochronous receive context match
ContextMatch
410h + 32*n
Asynchronous context control
Isochronous
Transmit Context n
n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7
Isochronous transmit context control
Isochronous
Receive Context n
n = 0, 1, 2, 3
OFFSET
1C0h
Asynchronous context control
Asynchronous Response
Receive [ ARRS ]
6.2.1
ABBREVIATION
ContextControlSet
Isochronous receive context control
OHCI Version Register
The OHCI version register indicates the OHCI version support and whether or not the serial EEPROM is
present. See Table 6-34 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
00h
0X01 0010h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
Table 6-34. OHCI Version Register Description
BIT
31–25
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 31–25 return 0s when read.
GUID_ROM
R
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 24 to 1 if the serial EEPROM is detected. If the serial EEPROM is
present, the Bus_Info_Block is automatically loaded on system (hardware) reset.
23–16
version
R
Major version of the OHCI. The TSB83AA23 device is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller
Interface Specification (Revision 1.1); thus, this field reads 01h.
15–8
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15–8 return 0s when read.
7–0
revision
R
Minor version of the OHCI. The TSB83AA23 device is compliant with the 1394 Open Host Controller
Interface Specification (Revision 1.1); thus, this field reads 10h.
24
6.2.2
GUID ROM Register
The GUID ROM register accesses the serial EEPROM and is applicable only if bit 24 (GUID_ROM) in the
OHCI version register at OHCI offset 00h (see Section 6.2.1, OHCI Version Register) is set to 1. See
Table 6-35 for a description of the register contents.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
75
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/set/update, read/update, read only
04h
00XX 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-35. GUID ROM Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31
TYPE
addrReset
DESCRIPTION
RSU
Software sets bit 31 to 1 to reset the GUID ROM address to 0. When the TSB83AA23 device
completes the reset, it clears this bit. The TSB83AA23 device does not automatically fill bits 23–16
(rdData field) with the 0th byte.
30–26
RSVD
R
25
rdStart
RSU
24
RSVD
R
23–16
rdData
RU
15–8
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15–8 return 0s when read.
7–0
miniROM
R
Mini ROM. The TSB83AA23 device uses bits 7–0 to indicate the first byte location of the mini-ROM
image in the GUID ROM. A value of 00h in this field indicates that no mini ROM is implemented.
6.2.3
Reserved. Bits 30–26 return 0s when read.
A read of the currently addressed byte is started when bit 25 is set to 1. This bit is automatically
cleared when the TSB83AA23 device completes the read of the currently addressed GUID ROM
byte.
Reserved. Bit 24 returns 0 when read.
This field represents the data read from the GUID ROM.
Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register
The asynchronous transmit retries register indicates the number of times the TSB83AA23 device attempts
a retry for asynchronous DMA request transmit and for asynchronous physical and DMA response
transmit. See Table 6-36 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
08h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-36. Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–29
secondLimit
R
The second limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not
implemented.
28–16
cycleLimit
R
The cycle limit field returns 0s when read, because outbound dual-phase retry is not
implemented.
15–12
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15–12 return 0s when read.
11–8
maxPhysRespRetries
R/W
This field tells the physical response unit how many times to attempt to retry the transmit
operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is received
from the target node.
7–4
maxATRespRetries
R/W
This field tells the asynchronous transmit response unit how many times to attempt to retry the
transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is
received from the target node.
3–0
maxATReqRetries
R/W
This field tells the asynchronous transmit DMA request unit how many times to attempt to retry
the transmit operation for the response packet when a busy acknowledge or ack_data_error is
received from the target node.
76
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.4
CSR Data Register
The CSR data register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through
compare-swap operations. This register contains the data to be stored in a CSR if the compare is
successful.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
0Ch
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6.2.5
CSR Compare Data Register
The CSR compare register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through
compare-swap operations. This register contains the data to be compared with the existing value of the
CSR resource.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
10h
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6.2.6
CSR Control Register
The CSR control register accesses the bus management CSR registers from the host through
compare-swap operations. This register controls the compare-swap operation and selects the CSR
resource. See Table 6-37 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read/update, read only
14h
8000 000Xh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
Table 6-37. CSR Control Register Description
BIT
31
FIELD NAME
csrDone
TYPE
RU
30–2
RSVD
R
1–0
csrSel
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Bit 31 is set to 1 by the TSB83AA23 device when a compare-swap operation is complete. It is
cleared when this register is written.
Reserved. Bits 30–2 return 0s when read.
This field selects the CSR resource as follows:
00 = BUS_MANAGER_ID
01 = BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE
10 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI
11 = CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
77
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.7
Configuration ROM Header Register
The configuration ROM header register externally maps to the first quadlet of the 1394 configuration ROM,
offset FFFF F000 0400h. See Table 6-38 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
18h
0000 XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-38. Configuration ROM Header Register Description
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–24
BIT
info_length
R/W
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.
23–16
crc_length
R/W
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control
register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.
15–0
rom_crc_value
R/W
IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to
1. The reset value is undefined if no serial EEPROM is present. If a serial EEPROM is present, then
this field is loaded from the serial EEPROM.
6.2.8
FIELD NAME
Bus Identification Register
The bus identification register externally maps to the first quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block and contains the
constant 3133 3934h, which is the ASCII value of 1394.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
1Ch
3133 3934h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
10
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
6.2.9
Bus Options Register
The bus options register externally maps to the second quadlet of the Bus_Info_Block. See Table 6-39 for
a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
20h
X0XX B0X2h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
0
0
1
0
78
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-39. Bus Options Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
irmc
R/W
Isochronous resource-manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit
17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16,
Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.
30
cmc
R/W
Cycle master capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in
the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller
Control Register) is set to 1.
29
isc
R/W
Isochronous support capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17
(linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host
Controller Control Register) is set to 1.
28
bmc
R/W
Bus manager capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in
the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller
Control Register) is set to 1.
27
pmc
R/W
Power-management capable. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. When bit 27 is set to 1, this
indicates that the node is power-management capable. Must be valid when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the
host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control
Register) is set to 1.
26–24
RSVD
23–16
cyc_clk_acc
R/W
R
Reserved. Bits 26–24 return 0s when read.
Cycle master clock accuracy, in parts per million. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Must be valid
when bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see
Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1.
15–12
max_rec
R/W
Maximum request. IEEE 1394 bus-management field. Hardware initializes this field to indicate the
maximum number of bytes in a block request packet that is supported by the implementation. This
value, max_rec_bytes must be 512 or greater, and is calculated by 2^(max_rec + 1). Software can
change this field; however, this field must be valid at any time bit 17 (linkEnable) in the host
controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control
Register) is set to 1. A received block-write request packet with a length greater than max_rec_bytes
can generate an ack_type_error. This field is not affected by a software reset, and defaults to a value
indicating 4096 bytes on a system (hardware) reset.
11–8
RSVD
7–6
g
5–3
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 5–3 return 0s when read.
2–0
Lnk_spd
R
Link speed. This field returns 011, indicating that the link speeds of 100 Mbps, 200 Mbps, 400 Mbps
and 800 Mbps are supported.
R
Reserved. Bits 11–8 return 0s when read.
R/W
Generation counter. This field is incremented if any portion of the configuration ROM has been
incremented since the prior bus reset.
6.2.10 GUID High Register
The GUID high register represents the upper quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID), which maps to
the third quadlet in the Bus_Info_Block. This register contains node_vendor_ID and chip_ID_hi fields. This
register initializes to 0s on a system (hardware) reset, which is an illegal GUID value. If a serial EEPROM
is detected, the contents of this register are loaded through the serial EEPROM interface after a GRST#.
At that point, the contents of this register cannot be changed. If no serial EEPROM is detected, the
contents of this register are loaded by the BIOS. At that point, the contents of this register cannot be
changed. All bits in this register are reset by GRST# only.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
24h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
79
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.11 GUID Low Register
The GUID low register represents the lower quadlet in a 64-bit global unique ID (GUID), which maps to
chip_ID_lo in the Bus_Info_Block. This register initializes to 0s on a system (hardware) reset and behaves
identically to the GUID high register at OHCI offset 24h (see Section 6.2.10, GUID High Register).
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
28h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6.2.12 Configuration ROM Mapping Register
The configuration ROM mapping register contains the start address within system memory that maps to
the start address of 1394 configuration ROM for this node. See Table 6-40 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
34h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-40. Configuration ROM Mapping Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31–10
configROMaddr
R/W
9–0
RSVD
DESCRIPTION
If a quadlet read request to 1394 offset FFFF F000 0400h through offset FFFF F000 07FFh is
received, the low-order 10 bits of the offset are added to this register to determine the host memory
address of the read request.
R
Reserved. Bits 9–0 return 0s when read.
6.2.13 Posted Write Address Low Register
The posted write address low register communicates error information if a write request is posted and an
error occurs while writing the posted data packet. See Table 6-41 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
38h
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-41. Posted Write Address Low Register Description
BIT
31–0
80
FIELD NAME
offsetLo
TYPE
RU
DESCRIPTION
The lower 32 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.14 Posted Write Address High Register
The posted write address high register communicates error information if a write request is posted and an
error occurs while writing the posted data packet. See Table 6-42 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update
3Ch
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-42. Posted Write Address High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–16
sourceID
RU
This field is the 10-bit bus number (bits 31–22) and 6-bit node number (bits 21–16) of the node that
issued the write request that failed.
15–0
offsetHi
RU
The upper 16 bits of the 1394 destination offset of the write request that failed
6.2.15 OHCI Vendor ID Register
The OHCI vendor ID register provides the company ID of an organization that specifies any vendor-unique
registers or features. The TSB83AA23 device implements several unique features with regards to OHCI.
Therefore, bits 23–0 are programmed with Texas Instruments OUI, 08 0028h. See Table 6-43 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update, read only
40h
0X08 0028h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
81
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-43. Vendor ID Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–27
TYPE
RSVD
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–27 return 0s when read.
26
PME_Enhance
RU
Bit 26 is conditionally set based on the value of bit 10 (Ignore IntMask.masterIntEnable_for_pme)
in the miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 6.1.30, Miscellaneous Configuration Register). If bit 10 is set to 1, bit 26 is set to 1 to
indicate that the device supports the generation of PME regardless of the status of bit 31
(masterIntEnable) in the interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 88h (see Section 6.2.22, Interrupt
Mask Register). If bit 10 is not set, bit 26 returns 0.
25
OHCI12_draft
RU
OHCI 1.2 draft features. Bit 25 is conditionally set based on the value of bit 14 (EnableDraft) in the
link enhancement control register at offset F4h in the PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.31,
LLC Section Enhancement Control Register). If bit 14 is set to 1, bit 25 is set to 1 to indicate that
the device supports some features that have been defined in the OHCI 1.2 specification draft. If bit
14 is not set, bit 25 returns 0.
24
Iso_enhancements
R
Isochronous enhancements. Bit 24 is set to 1 indicating that it supports the isochronous
enhancements defined in Sections 1.4 and 1.5.
23–0
vendorCompanyID
R
Vendor company organizational unique ID. This field returns Texas Instruments OUI, 08 0028h,
indicating that the device supports unique features defined by TI.
6.2.16 Host Controller Control Register
The host controller control set/clear register pair provides flags for controlling the TSB83AA23 device. See
Table 6-44 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/update, read/set/clear, read/clear, read only
50h
Set register
54h
Clear register
X00X 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-44. Host Controller Control Register Description
BIT
31
FIELD NAME
BIBimageValid
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSU
When bit 31 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 physical response unit is enabled to respond to block
read requests to host configuration ROM and to the mechanism for automatically updating
configuration ROM. Software creates a valid image of the bus_info_block in host configuration
ROM before setting this bit.
When this bit is cleared, the TSB83AA23 device returns ack_type_error on block read
requests to host configuration ROM. Also, when this bit is cleared and a 1394 bus reset
occurs, the configuration ROM mapping register at OHCI offset 34h (see Section 6.2.12,
Configuration ROM Mapping Register), configuration ROM header register at OHCI offset 18h
(see Section 6.2.7, Configuration ROM Header Register), and bus options register at OHCI
offset 20h (see Section 6.2.9, Bus Options Register) are not updated.
Software can set this bit only when bit 17 (linkEnable) is 0. Once bit 31 is set to 1, it can be
cleared by a system (hardware) reset, a software reset, or if a fetch error occurs when the
TSB83AA23 device loads bus_info_block registers from host memory.
30
82
noByteSwapData
RSC
Bit 30 controls whether physical accesses to locations outside the TSB83AA23 device itself,
as well as any other DMA data accesses, are byte swapped.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-44. Host Controller Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
29
ack_Tardy_enable
RSC
Bit 29 controls the acknowledgment of ack_tardy. When bit 29 is set to 1, ack_tardy can be
returned as an acknowledgment to configuration ROM accesses from 1394 to the TSB83AA23
device, including accesses to the bus_info_block. The TSB83AA23 device returns ack_tardy
to all other asynchronous packets addressed to the TSB83AA23 node. When the TSB83AA23
device sends ack_tardy, bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset
80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) is set to 1 to indicate the attempted
asynchronous access.
Software ensures that bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register is 0. Software also
unmasks wake-up interrupt events such as bit 19 (Phy) and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt
event register before placing the device into D1.
Software does not set this bit if the TSB83AA23 node is the 1394 bus manager.
28–24
RSVD
R
23
programPhyEnable
22
aPhyEnhanceEnable
21–20
RSVD
19
Bit 23 informs upper-level software that lower-level software has consistently configured the
IEEE Std 1394a-2000 enhancements in the LLC and PHY sections. When this bit is 1, generic
software such as the OHCI driver is responsible for configuring IEEE Std 1394a-2000
enhancements in the PHY section and bit 22 (aPhyEnhanceEnable) in the TSB83AA23
device. When this bit is 0, the generic software cannot modify the IEEE Std 1394a-2000
enhancements in the TSB83AA23 and cannot interpret the setting of bit 22
(aPhyEnhanceEnable). This bit is initialized from the serial EEPROM.
RSC
When bits 23 (programPhyEnable) and 17 (linkEnable) are 1, the OHCI driver can set bit 22 to
1 to use all IEEE Std 1394a-2000 enhancements. When bit 23 (programPhyEnable) is cleared
to 0, the software does not change PHY section enhancements or this bit.
R
LPS
Reserved. Bits 28–24 return 0s when read.
RC
RSC
Reserved. Bits 21–20 return 0s when read.
Bit 19 controls the link power status. Software must set this bit to 1 to permit LLC section-PHY
section communication. A 0 prevents LLC section-PHY section communication.
The OHCI-link is divided into two clock domains (PCI_CLK and PHY_SCLK). If software tries
to access any register in the PHY_SCLK domain while the PHY_SCLK is disabled, a target
abort is issued by the link. This problem can be avoided by setting bit 4 (DIS_TGT_ABT) in
the miscellaneous configuration register at offset F0h in the PCI configuration space (see
Section 6.1.30, Miscellaneous Configuration Register). This allows the link to respond to these
types of request by returning all Fs (hex).
OHCI registers at offsets DCh–F0h and 100h–11Ch are in the PHY_SCLK domain.
After setting LPS, software must wait approximately 10 ms before attempting to access any of
the OHCI registers. This gives the PHY_SCLK time to stabilize.
18
postedWriteEnable
RSC
Bit 18 enables (1) or disables (0) posted writes. Software changes this bit only when bit 17
(linkEnable) is 0.
17
linkEnable
RSC
Bit 17 is cleared to 0 by either a system (hardware) or software reset. Software must set this
bit to 1 when the system is ready to begin operation and then force a bus reset. This bit is
necessary to keep other nodes from sending transactions before the local system is ready.
When this bit is cleared, the TSB83AA23 device is logically and immediately disconnected
from the 1394 bus, no packets are received or processed, nor are packets transmitted.
16
SoftReset
RSCU
When bit 16 is set to 1, all TSB83AA23 states are reset, all FIFOs are flushed, and all OHCI
registers are set to their system (hardware) reset values, unless otherwise specified. PCI
registers are not affected by this bit. This bit remains set to 1 while the software reset is in
progress and reverts back to 0 when the reset has completed.
15–0
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 15–0 return 0s when read.
6.2.17 Self-ID Buffer Pointer Register
The self-ID buffer pointer register points to the 2K-byte-aligned base address of the buffer in host memory
where the self-ID packets are stored during bus initialization. Bits 31–11 are read/write accessible. Bits
10–0 are reserved, and return 0s when read.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
64h
XXXX XX00h
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
83
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6.2.18 Self-ID Count Register
The self-ID count register keeps a count of the number of times the bus self-D process has occurred, flags
self-ID packet errors, and keeps a count of the self-ID data in the self-ID buffer. See Table 6-45 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/update, read only
68h
X0XX 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-45. Self-ID Count Register Description
BIT
31
FIELD NAME
selfIDError
30–24
RSVD
23–16
selfIDGeneration
15–11
RSVD
10–2
selfIDSize
1–0
RSVD
84
TYPE
RU
R
RU
R
RU
R
DESCRIPTION
When bit 31 is set to 1, an error was detected during the most recent self-ID packet reception. The
contents of the self-ID buffer are undefined. This bit is cleared after a self-ID reception in which no
errors are detected. Aan error can be a hardware error or a host bus write error.
Reserved. Bits 30–24 return 0s when read.
The value in this field increments each time a bus reset is detected. This field rolls over to 0 after
reaching 255.
Reserved. Bits 15–11 return 0s when read.
This field indicates the number of quadlets that have been written into the self-ID buffer for the
current bits 23–16 (selfIDGeneration field). This includes the header quadlet and the self-ID data.
This field is cleared to 0s when the self-ID reception begins.
Reserved. Bits 1–0 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.19 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register
The isochronous receive channel mask high set/clear register enables packet receives from the upper 32
isochronous data channels. A read from either the set register or clear register returns the content of the
isochronous receive channel mask high register. See Table 6-46 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
70h
Set register
74h
Clear register
XXXX XXXXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-46. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register Description
BIT
FIELD
NAME
TYPE
31
isoChannel63
RSC
When bit 31 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 63
(bit number + 32).
30
isoChannel62
RSC
When bit 30 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 62
(bit number + 32).
29–2 isoChanneln
DESCRIPTION
RSC
Bits 29 through 2 (isoChanneln, where n = 61, 60, 59, ..., 34) follow the same pattern and bits 31 and 30.
1
isoChannel33
RSC
When bit 1 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 33
(bit number + 32).
0
isoChannel32
RSC
When bit 0 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 32
(bit number + 32).
6.2.20 Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register
The isochronous receive channel mask low set/clear register enables packet receives from the lower 32
isochronous data channels. See Table 6-47 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
78h
Set register
7Ch
Clear register
XXXX XXXXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-47. Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low Register Description
BIT
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
isoChannel31
FIELD NAME
RSC
When bit 31 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 31.
30
isoChannel30
RSC
When bit 30 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 30.
RSC
Bits 29 through 2 (isoChanneln, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as bits 31 and 30.
1
isoChannel1
RSC
When bit 1 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 1.
0
isoChannel0
RSC
When bit 0 is set to 1, the TSB83AA23 device is enabled to receive from isochronous channel number 0.
29–2 isoChanneln
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
85
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.21 Interrupt Event Register
The interrupt event set/clear register reflects the state of the various TSB83AA23 interrupt sources. The
interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal or by writing a 1 in the
corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the
corresponding bit in the clear register.
This register is fully compliant with 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, and the
TSB83AA23 device adds a vendor-specific interrupt function to bit 30. When the interrupt event register is
read, the return value is the bit-wise AND function of the interrupt event and interrupt mask registers. See
Table 6-48 for a description of the register contents
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/clear, read/update, read only
80h
Set register
84h
Clear register [returns the content of the interrupt event register bit-wise ANDed with the
interrupt mask register when read]
XXXX XXXXh
A
A
84h
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
86
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-48. Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
31
RSVD
30
vendorSpecific
RSC
This vendor-specific interrupt event is reported when either of the general-purpose interrupts is
asserted. The general-purpose interrupts are enabled by setting the corresponding bits INT_3EN
and INT_2EN (bits 31 and 23, respectively) to 1 in the GPIO control register at offset FCh in the
PCI configuration space (see Section 6.1.33, GPIO Control Register).
29
SoftInterrupt
RSC
Software interrupt. Bit 29 is used by software to generate a TSB83AA23 interrupt for its own use.
28
RSVD
27
ack_Tardy
R
RSCU
Reserved. Bit 31 returns 0 when read.
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.
Bit 27 is set to 1 when bit 29 (ack_Tardy_enable) in the host controller control register at OHCI
offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register) is set to 1 and any of the
following conditions occurs:
a. Data is present in the receive FIFO that is to be delivered to the host.
b. The physical response unit is busy processing requests or sending responses.
c. The TSB83AA23 device sent an ack_tardy acknowledgment.
26
PhyRegRcvd
RSCU
The bit is set to 1 when the TSB83AA23 device has received a PHY section register data byte,
which can be read from bits 23–16 in the PHY section control register at OHCI offset ECh (see
Section 6.2.33, Phy Layer Control Register).
25
cycleTooLong
RSCU
If bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the link control register at OHCI offset E0h/E4h (see Section 6.2.31, LLC
Section Control Register) is set to 1, then this indicates that over 125 µs has elapsed between the
start of sending a cycle-start packet and the end of a subaction gap. Bit 21 (cycleMaster) in the
LLC section control register is cleared by this event.
24
unrecoverableError
RSCU
This event occurs when the TSB83AA23 device encounters any error that forces it to stop
operations on any or all of its subunits, for example, when a DMA context sets its dead bit to 1.
While bit 24 is set to 1, all normal interrupts for the context(s) that caused this interrupt are blocked
from being set to 1.
23
cycleInconsistent
RSCU
A cycle start was received that had values for cycleSeconds and cycleCount fields that are
different from the values in bits 31–25 (cycleSeconds field) and bits 24–12 (cycleCount field) in the
isochronous cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 6.2.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer
Register).
22
cycleLost
RSCU
A lost cycle is indicated when no cycle_start packet is sent or received between two successive
cycleSynch events. A lost cycle can be predicted when a cycle_start packet does not immediately
follow the first subaction gap after the cycleSynch event or if an arbitration reset gap is detected
after a cycleSynch event without an intervening cycle start. Bit 22 can be set either when a lost
cycle occurs or when logic predicts that one will occur.
21
cycle64Seconds
RSCU
A 1 indicates that the 7th bit of the cycle second counter has changed.
20
cycleSynch
RSCU
Indicates that a new isochronous cycle has started. Bit 20 is set to 1 when the low-order bit of the
cycle count toggles.
19
Phy
RSCU
Indicates that the PHY section requests an interrupt through a status transfer.
18
regAccessFail
RSCU
Indicates that an LLC section register access has failed due to a missing SCLK clock signal from
the PHY section. When a register access fails, bit 18 is set to 1 before the next register access.
17
busReset
RSCU
A 1 indicates that the PHY section has entered bus-reset mode.
16
selfIDcomplete
RSCU
A self-ID packet stream has been received. It is generated at the end of the bus initialization
process. Bit 16 is turned off simultaneously when bit 17 (busReset) is turned on.
15
selfIDcomplete2
RSCU
Secondary indication of the end of a self-ID packet stream. Bit 15 is set to 1 by the TSB83AA23
device when it sets bit 16 (selfIDcomplete), and retains its state, independent of bit 17 (busReset).
14–10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 14–10 return 0s when read.
9
lockRespErr
RSCU
Indicates that the TSB83AA23 device sent a lock response for a lock request to a serial bus
register, but did not receive an ack_complete.
8
postedWriteErr
RSCU
Indicates that a host bus error occurred while the TSB83AA23 device was trying to write a 1394
write request, which had already been given an ack_complete, into system memory.
7
isochRx
Submit Documentation Feedback
RU
Isochronous receive DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous receive contexts have
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event; it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous
receive interrupt event register at OHCI offset A0h/A4h (see Section 6.2.26, Isochronous Receive
Interrupt Event Register) and isochronous receive interrupt mask register at OHCI offset A8h/ACh
(see Section 6.2.24, Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register). The isochronous receive
interrupt event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
87
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-48. Interrupt Event Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RU
Isochronous transmit DMA interrupt. Indicates that one or more isochronous transmit contexts have
generated an interrupt. This is not a latched event, it is the logical OR of all bits in the isochronous
transmit interrupt event register at OHCI offset 90h/94h (see Section 6.2.23, Isochronous Transmit
Interrupt Event Register) and isochronous transmit interrupt mask register at OHCI offset 98h/9Ch
(see Section 6.2.24, Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register). The isochronous transmit
interrupt event register indicates which contexts have been interrupted.
6
isochTx
5
RSPkt
RSCU
A 1 indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive response context buffer and the
descriptor’s xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.
4
RQPkt
RSCU
A 1 indicates that a packet was sent to an asynchronous receive request context buffer and the
descriptor’s xferStatus and resCount fields have been updated.
3
ARRS
RSCU
Asynchronous receive response DMA interrupt. Bit 3 is conditionally set to 1 on completion of an
ARRS DMA context command descriptor.
2
ARRQ
RSCU
Asynchronous receive request DMA interrupt. Bit 2 is conditionally set to 1 on completion of an
ARRQ DMA context command descriptor.
1
respTxComplete
RSCU
Asynchronous response transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 1 is conditionally set to 1 on completion of an
ATRS DMA command.
0
reqTxComplete
RSCU
Asynchronous request transmit DMA interrupt. Bit 0 is conditionally set to 1 on completion of an
ATRQ DMA command.
6.2.22 Interrupt Mask Register
The interrupt mask set/clear register enables the various TSB83AA23 interrupt sources. Reads from either
the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the interrupt mask register. In all cases
except bit 31 (masterIntEnable) and bit 30 (VendorSpecific), the enables for each interrupt event align with
the interrupt event register bits detailed in Table 6-48.
This register is fully compliant with 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, and the
TSB83AA23 device adds a vendor-specific interrupt function to bit 30. See Table 6-49 for a description of
the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/clear, read only
88h
Set register
8Ch
Clear register
XXXX 0XXXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
88
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-49. Interrupt Mask Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31
masterIntEnable
RSCU
30
VendorSpecific
RSC
When this bit and bit 30 (vendorSpecific) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this vendor-specific interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
29
SoftInterrupt
RSC
When this bit and bit 29 (SoftInterrupt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this soft-interrupt mask enables interrupt
generation.
28
RSVD
27
ack_tardy
RSC
When this bit and bit 27 (ack_tardy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this acknowledge-tardy interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
26
PhyRegRcvd
RSC
When this bit and bit 26 (PhyRegRcvd) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this PHY-register interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
25
cycleTooLong
RSC
When this bit and bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this cycle-too-long interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
24
unrecoverableError
RSC
When this bit and bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this unrecoverable-error interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
23
cycleInconsistent
RSC
When this bit and bit 23 (cycleInconsistent) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this inconsistent-cycle interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
22
cycleLost
RSC
When this bit and bit 22 (cycleLost) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this lost-cycle interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
21
cycle64Seconds
RSC
When this bit and bit 21 (cycle64Seconds) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this 64-second-cycle interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
20
cycleSynch
RSC
When this bit and bit 20 (cycleSynch) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-cycle interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
19
Phy
RSC
When this bit and bit 19 (Phy) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this PHY-status-transfer interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
18
regAccessFail
RSC
When this bit and bit 18 (regAccessFail) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this register-access-failed interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
17
busReset
RSC
When this bit and bit 17 (busReset) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this bus-reset interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
16
selfIDcomplete
RSC
When this bit and bit 16 (selfIDcomplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this self-ID-complete interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
15
selfIDcomplete2
RSC
When this bit and bit 15 (selfIDcomplete2) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this second-self-ID-complete interrupt
mask enables interrupt generation.
14–10
RSVD
R
R
DESCRIPTION
Master interrupt enable. If bit 31 is set to 1, the external interrupts are generated in accordance
with the interrupt mask register. If bit 31 is cleared, the external interrupts are not generated,
regardless of the interrupt mask register settings.
Reserved. Bit 28 returns 0 when read.
Reserved. Bits 14–10 return 0s when read.
9
lockRespErr
RSC
When this bit and bit 9 (lockRespErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this lock-response-error interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
8
postedWriteErr
RSC
When this bit and bit 8 (postedWriteErr) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this posted-write-error interrupt mask enables
interrupt generation.
7
isochRx
RSC
When this bit and bit 7 (isochRx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-receive-DMA interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
89
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-49. Interrupt Mask Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
6
isochTx
RSC
When this bit and bit 6 (isochTx) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this isochronous-transmit-DMA interrupt
mask enables interrupt generation.
5
RSPkt
RSC
When this bit and bit 5 (RSPkt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this receive-response-packet interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
4
RQPkt
RSC
When this bit and bit 4 (RQPkt) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this receive-request-packet interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
3
ARRS
RSC
When this bit and bit 3 (ARRS) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this asynchronous-receive-response-DMA
interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
2
ARRQ
RSC
When this bit and bit 2 (ARRQ) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this asynchronous-receive-request-DMA
interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
1
respTxComplete
RSC
When this bit and bit 1 (respTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this response-transmit-complete
interrupt mask enables interrupt generation.
0
reqTxComplete
RSC
When this bit and bit 0 (reqTxComplete) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) are set to 1, this request-transmit-complete interrupt mask
enables interrupt generation.
6.2.23 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register
The isochronous transmit interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous
transmit contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous transmit context if an
OUTPUT_LAST* command completes and its interrupt bits are set to 1. On determining that the isochTx
(bit 6) interrupt has occurred in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21,
Interrupt Event Register), software can check this register to determine which context(s) caused the
interrupt. The interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal, or by
writing a 1 in the corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is
to write a 1 to the corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 6-50 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear, read only
90h
Set register
94h
Clear register (returns the contents of the isochronous transmit interrupt event register
bit-wise ANDed with the isochronous transmit interrupt mask register when read)
0000 00XXh
A
A
94h
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
90
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-50. Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–8
TYPE
RSVD
DESCRIPTION
R
Reserved. Bits 31–8 return 0s when read.
7
isoXmit7
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 7 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
6
isoXmit6
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 6 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
5
isoXmit5
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 5 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
4
isoXmit4
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 4 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
3
isoXmit3
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
2
isoXmit2
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
1
isoXmit1
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
0
isoXmit0
RSC
Isochronous transmit channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 6 (isochTx) interrupt.
6.2.24 Isochronous Transmit Interrupt Mask Register
The isochronous transmit interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochTx interrupt source on a
per-channel basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the
isochronous transmit interrupt mask register. In all cases, the enables for each interrupt event align with
the event register bits detailed in Table 6-50.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear, read only
98h
Set register
9Ch
Clear register
0000 00XXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6.2.25 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register
The isochronous receive interrupt event set/clear register reflects the interrupt state of the isochronous
receive contexts. An interrupt is generated on behalf of an isochronous receive context if an INPUT_*
command completes and its interrupt bits are set to 1. On determining that the isochRx (bit 7) interrupt in
the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Table 6-50, Interrupt Event Register) has
occurred, software can check this register to determine which context(s) caused the interrupt. The
interrupt bits are set to 1 by an asserting edge of the corresponding interrupt signal, or by writing a 1 in the
corresponding bit in the set register. The only mechanism to clear a bit in this register is to write a 1 to the
corresponding bit in the clear register. See Table 6-51 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear, read only
A0h
Set register
A4h
Clear register (returns the contents of isochronous receive interrupt event register bit-wise
ANDed with the isochronous receive mask register when read)
0000 000Xh
A
A
A4h
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
91
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-51. Isochronous Receive Interrupt Event Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–4
TYPE
RSVD
DESCRIPTION
R
Reserved. Bits 31–4 return 0s when read.
3
isoRecv3
RSC
Isochronous receive channel 3 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
2
isoRecv2
RSC
Isochronous receive channel 2 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
1
isoRecv1
RSC
Isochronous receive channel 1 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
0
isoRecv0
RSC
Isochronous receive channel 0 caused the interrupt event register bit 7 (isochRx) interrupt.
6.2.26 Isochronous Receive Interrupt Mask Register
The isochronous receive interrupt mask set/clear register enables the isochRx interrupt source on a
per-channel basis. Reads from either the set register or the clear register always return the contents of the
isochronous receive interrupt mask register. In all cases, the enables for each interrupt event align with
the isochronous receive interrupt event register bits detailed in Table 6-51.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear, read only
A8h
Set register
ACh
Clear register
0000 000Xh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
6.2.27 Initial Bandwidth Available Register
The initial bandwidth available register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR
register on a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 6-52 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
B0h
0000 1333h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Table 6-52. Initial Bandwidth Available Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–13
RSVD
12–0
InitBWAvailable
TYPE
R
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–13 return 0s when read.
This field is reset to 1333h on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by a 1394
bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the BANDWIDTH_AVAILABLE CSR register on a
G_RST, PCI_RST, or 1394 bus reset.
6.2.28 Initial Channels Available High Register
The initial channels available high register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR
register on a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 6-53 for a description of the register
contents.
92
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
B4h
FFFF FFFFh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Table 6-53. Initial Channels Available High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–0
TYPE
InitChanAvailHi
DESCRIPTION
R/W
This field is reset to FFFF FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by a
1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_HI CSR register
on a G_RST, PCI_RST, or 1394 bus reset.
6.2.29 Initial Channels Available Low Register
The initial channels available low register value is loaded into the corresponding bus management CSR
register on a system (hardware) or software reset. See Table 6-54 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write
B8h
FFFF FFFFh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Table 6-54. Initial Channels Available High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31–0
InitChanAvailLo
R/W
DESCRIPTION
This field is reset to FFFF FFFFh on a system (hardware) or software reset, and is not affected by a
1394 bus reset. The value of this field is loaded into the CHANNELS_AVAILABLE_LO CSR register
on a G_RST, PCI_RST, or 1394 bus reset.
6.2.30 Fairness Control Register
The fairness control register provides a mechanism by which software can direct the host controller to
transmit multiple asynchronous requests during a fairness interval. See Table 6-55 for a description of the
register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
DCh
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
93
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-55. Fairness Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31–8
RSVD
R
7–0
pri_req
R/W
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–8 return 0s when read.
This field specifies the maximum number of priority arbitration requests for asynchronous request
packets that the link is permitted to make of the PHY section during a fairness interval.
6.2.31 LLC Section Control Register
The LLC section control set/clear register provides the control flags that enable and configure the link core
protocol portions of the TSB83AA23 device. It contains controls for the receiver and cycle timer. See
Table 6-56 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/clear, read/set, read only
A8h
Set register
ACh
Clear register
00X0 0X00h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-56. LLC Section Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–23 RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–23 return 0s when read.
22
cycleSource
RSC
When bit 22 is set to 1, the cycle timer uses an external source (CYCLEIN) to determine when to
roll over the cycle timer. When this bit is cleared, the cycle timer rolls over when the timer reaches
3072 cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock (125 µs).
21
cycleMaster
RSCU
When bit 21 is set to 1 and the PHY section has notified the LLC section that PHY section is root,
the TSB83AA23 device generates a cycle-start packet every time the cycle timer rolls over, based
on the setting of bit 22 (cycleSource). When bit 21 is cleared, the OHCI-Lynx accepts received
cycle-start packets to maintain synchronization with the node which is sending them. Bit 21 is
automatically cleared when bit 25 (cycleTooLong) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset
80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) is set to 1. Bit 21 cannot be set to 1 until bit
25 (cycleTooLong) is cleared.
20
CycleTimerEnable
RSC
When bit 20 is set to 1, the cycle timer offset counts cycles of the 24.576-MHz clock and rolls over
at the appropriate time, based on the settings of the above bits. When this bit is cleared, the cycle
timer offset does not count.
19–11 RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 19–11 return 0s when read.
10
RcvPhyPkt
RSC
When bit 10 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming PHY packets into the AR request context if
the AR request context is enabled. This bit does not control receipt of self-ID packets.
9
RcvSelfID
RSC
When bit 9 is set to 1, the receiver accepts incoming self-ID packets. Before setting this bit to 1,
software must ensure that the self-ID buffer pointer register contains a valid address.
8–7
6
5–0
RSVD
tag1SyncFilterLock
RSVD
R
RS
R
Reserved. Bits 8–7 return 0s when read.
When this bit is set to 1, bit 6 (tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context match register
(see Section 6.2.46, Isochronous Receive Context Match Register) is set to 1 for all isochronous
receive contexts. When this bit is cleared, bit 6 (tag1SyncFilter) in the isochronous receive context
match register has read/write access. This bit is cleared when G_RST is asserted.
Reserved. Bits 5D/PHY_D0 return 0s when read.
6.2.32 Node Identification Register
The node identification register contains the address of the node on which the OHCI-Lynx chip resides,
and indicates the valid node number status. The 16-bit combination of the busNumber field (bits 15–6) and
the NodeNumber field (bits 5–0) is referred to as the node ID. See Table 6-57 for a description of the
register contents.
94
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write/update, read/update, read only
E8h
00X0 0X00h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-57. Node Identification Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
IDValid
RU
Bit 31 indicates whether or not the TSB83AA23 device has a valid node number. It is cleared
when a 1394 bus reset is detected, and set to 1 when the TSB83AA23 device receives a new
node number from its PHY section.
30
root
RU
Bit 30 is set to 1 during the bus reset process if the attached PHY section is root.
29–28
RSVD
27
R
CPS
Reserved. Bits 29–28 return 0s when read.
RU
26–16
RSVD
15–6
BusNumber
5–0
NodeNumber
Bit 27 is set to 1 if the PHY section is reporting that cable power status is OK.
R
Reserved. Bits 26–16 return 0s when read.
RWU
This field identifies the specific 1394 bus the TSB83AA23 device belongs to when multiple IEEE
Std 1394-compatible buses are connected via a bridge.
RU
This field is the physical node number established by the PHY section during self-identification. It
is automatically set to the value received from the PHY section after the self-identification phase. If
the PHY section sets the NodeNumber to 63, then software must not set bit 15 (run) in the
asynchronous context control register (see Section 6.2.40, Asynchronous Context Control
Register) for either of the AT DMA contexts.
6.2.33 PHY Layer Control Register
The PHY layer control register reads from or writes to a PHY section register. See Table 6-58 for a
description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write/update, read/write, read/update, read only
ECh
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-58. PHY Layer Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RU
Bit 31 is cleared to 0 by the TSB83AA23 device when either bit 15 (rdReg) or bit 14 (wrReg) is set to
1. This bit is set to 1 when a register transfer is received from the PHY section.
31
rdDone
30–28
RSVD
R
27–24
rdAddr
RU
This field is the address of the register most recently received from the PHY section.
23–16
rdData
RU
This field is the contents of a PHY section register that has been read.
15
rdReg
RWU
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to initiate a read request to a PHY section register, and is cleared by
hardware when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1
simultaneously.
14
wrReg
RWU
Bit 14 is set to 1 by software to initiate a write request to a PHY section register, and is cleared by
hardware when the request has been sent. Bits 14 (wrReg) and 15 (rdReg) must not both be set to 1
simultaneously.
13–12
RSVD
R
Submit Documentation Feedback
Reserved. Bits 30–28 return 0s when read.
Reserved. Bits 13–12 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
95
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-58. PHY Layer Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
11–8
regAddr
R/W
This field is the address of the PHY section register to be written or read.
7–0
wrData
R/W
This field is the data to be written to a PHY section register and is ignored for reads.
6.2.34 Isochronous Cycle Timer Register
The isochronous cycle timer register indicates the current cycle number and offset. When the TSB83AA23
device is cycle master, this register is transmitted with the cycle-start message. When the TSB83AA23
device is not cycle master, this register is loaded with the data field in an incoming cycle start. In the event
that the cycle-start message is not received, the fields can continue incrementing on their own (if
programmed) to maintain a local time reference. See Table 6-59 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write/update
F0h
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-59. Isochronous Cycle Timer Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–25
cycleSeconds
RWU
This field counts seconds [rollovers from bits 24–12 (cycleCount field)] modulo 128.
24–12
cycleCount
RWU
This field counts cycles [rollovers from bits 11–0 (cycleOffset field)] modulo 8000.
11–0
cycleOffset
RWU
This field counts 24.576-MHz clocks modulo 3072, that is, 125 µs. If an external 8-kHz clock
configuration is being used, this field must be cleared to 0s at each tick of the external clock.
6.2.35 Asynchronous Request Filter High Register
The asynchronous request filter high set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a
per-node basis, and handles the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for either the physical
request context or the ARRQ context, the source node ID is examined. If the bit corresponding to the node
ID is not set to 1 in this register, the packet is not acknowledged and the request is not queued. The node
ID comparison is done if the source node is on the same bus as the TSB83AA23 device. Nonlocal
bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit 31 in this register is set to 1. None of the bits in this
register can be accessed while a bus reset interrupt is pending in the interrupt event register (see
Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register). See Table 6-60 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
100h
Set register
104h
Clear register
0000 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
96
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-60. Asynchronous Request Filter High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
asynReqAllBuses
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1, all asynchronous requests received by the TSB83AA23 device from nonlocal bus nodes are
accepted.
30
asynReqResource62
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62 (bit number + 32), asynchronous requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are accepted.
29
asynReqResource61
RSC
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61 (bit number + 32), asynchronous requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are accepted.
28–2
asynReqResourcen
RSC
Bits 28 through 2 (asynReqResourcen, where n = 61, 60, 59, ..., 34) follow the same pattern as bits 30 and 29.
1
asynReqResource33
RSC
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 33 (bit number + 32), asynchronous requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are accepted.
0
asynReqResource32
RSC
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 32 (bit number + 32), asynchronous requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are accepted.
6.2.36 Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register
The asynchronous request filter low set/clear register enables asynchronous receive requests on a
per-node basis, and handles the lower node IDs. Other than filtering different node IDs, this register
behaves identically to the asynchronous request filter high register for all bits except bit 31. None of the
bits in this register can be accessed while a bus reset interrupt is pending in the interrupt event register
(see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register). See Table 6-61 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
108h
Set register
10Ch
Clear register
0000 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-61. Asynchronous Request Filter Low Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
31
asynReqResource31
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, asynchronous requests received by the TSB83AA23
device from that node are accepted.
DESCRIPTION
30
asynReqResource30
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, asynchronous requests received by the TSB83AA23
device from that node are accepted.
29–2
asynReqResourcen
RSC
Bits 29 through 2 (asynReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as bits 31 and
30.
1
asynReqResource1
RSC
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, asynchronous requests received by the TSB83AA23 device
from that node are accepted.
0
asynReqResource0
RSC
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, asynchronous requests received by the TSB83AA23 device
from that node are accepted.
6.2.37 Physical Request Filter High Register
The physical request filter high set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis,
and handles the upper node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context and the node
ID has been compared against the ARRQ registers, the comparison is done again with this register. If the
bit corresponding to the node ID is not set to 1 in this register, the request is handled by the ARRQ
context instead of the physical request context. The node ID comparison is done if the source node is on
the same bus as the TSB83AA23 device. Nonlocal-bus-sourced packets are not acknowledged unless bit
31 in this register is set to 1. See Table 6-62 for a description of the register contents.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
97
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
110h
Set register
114h
Clear register
0000 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-62. Physical Request Filter High Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
PhysReqAllBusses
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1, all physical requests received by the TSB83AA23 device from nonlocal-bus nodes are
accepted. Bit 31 is not cleared by a PCI_RST.
30
PhysReqResource62
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 62 (bit number + 32), physical requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are handled through the physical request context.
29
PhysReqResource61
RSC
If bit 29 is set to 1 for local bus node number 61 (bit number + 32), physical requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are handled through the physical request context.
28–2
PhysReqResourcen
RSC
Bits 28 through 2 (PhysReqResourcen, where n = 60, 59, 58, ..., 34) follow the same pattern as bits 30 and
29.
1
PhysReqResource33
RSC
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 33 (bit number + 32), physical requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are handled through the physical request context.
0
PhysReqResource32
RSC
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 32 (bit number + 32), physical requests received by the
TSB83AA23 device from that node are handled through the physical request context.
6.2.38 Physical Request Filter Low Register
The physical request filter low set/clear register enables physical receive requests on a per-node basis
and handles the lower node IDs. When a packet is destined for the physical request context and the node
ID has been compared against the asynchronous request filter registers, the node ID comparison is done
again with this register. If the bit corresponding to the node ID is not set to 1 in this register, the request is
handled by the asynchronous request context instead of the physical request context. See Table 6-63 for
a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear
118h
Set register
11Ch
Clear register
0000 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-63. Physical Request Filter Low Register Description
BIT
98
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
PhysReqResource31
RSC
If bit 31 is set to 1 for local bus node number 31, physical requests received by the TSB83AA23 device
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
30
PhysReqResource30
RSC
If bit 30 is set to 1 for local bus node number 30, physical requests received by the TSB83AA23 device
from that node are handled through the physical request context.
29–2
PhysReqResourcen
RSC
Bits 29 through 2 (PhysReqResourcen, where n = 29, 28, 27, …, 2) follow the same pattern as bits 31 and
30.
1
PhysReqResource1
RSC
If bit 1 is set to 1 for local bus node number 1, physical requests received by the TSB83AA23 device from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
0
PhysReqResource0
RSC
If bit 0 is set to 1 for local bus node number 0, physical requests received by the TSB83AA23 device from
that node are handled through the physical request context.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.39 Physical Upper Bound Register (Optional Register)
The physical upper bound register is an optional register and is not implemented. This register returns all
0s when read.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
120h
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6.2.40 Asynchronous Context Control Register
The asynchronous context control set/clear register controls the state and indicates status of the DMA
context. See Table 6-64 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/update, read/update, read only
180h
Set register
[ATRQ]
184h
Clear register
[ATRQ]
1A0h
Set register
[ATRS]
1A4h
Clear register
[ATRS]
1C0h
Set register
[ARRQ]
1C4h
Clear register
[ARRQ]
1E0h
Set register
[ARRS]
1E4h
Clear register
[ARRS]
0000 X0XXh
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-64. Asynchronous Context Control Register Description
BIT
31–16
15
FIELD NAME
RSVD
run
TYPE
R
RSCU
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–16 return 0s when read.
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by software
to stop descriptor processing. The TSB83AA23 device changes this bit only on a system (hardware)
or software reset.
14–13
RSVD
R
12
wake
RSU
11
dead
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 11 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when software
clears bit 15 (run). Asynchronous contexts supporting out-of-order pipelining provide unique
contextControl.dead functionality. See Section 7.7 in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface
Specification (Revision 1.1) for more information.
10
active
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
9
betaFrame
RU
Bit 9 is set to 1 when the PHY indicates that the received packet is sent in Beta format. A response
to a request sent using Beta format also uses Beta format.
8
RSVD
7–5
spd
R
RU
Reserved. Bits 14–13 return 0s when read.
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB83AA23 device to continue or resume descriptor
processing. The TSB83AA23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
Reserved. Bit 8 returns 0 when read.
This field indicates the speed at which a packet was received or transmitted and only contains
meaningful information for receive contexts. This field is encoded as:
000 = 100 Mbps
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
99
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-64. Asynchronous Context Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
001 = 200 Mbps
010 = 400 Mbps
011 = 800 Mbps
All other values are reserved.
4–0
eventcode
RU
This field holds the acknowledge sent by the link core for this packet or holds an internally generated
error code if the packet was not transferred successfully.
6.2.41 Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register
The asynchronous context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first
descriptor block that the TSB83AA23 device accesses when software enables the context by setting bit 15
(run) of the asynchronous context control register (see Section 6.2.40, Asynchronous Context Control
Register) to 1. See Table 6-65 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/write/update
18Ch
ATRQ
1ACh
ATRS
1CCh
ARRQ
1ECh
ARRS
XXXX XXXXh
A
A
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table 6-65. Asynchronous Context Command Pointer Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31–4
descriptorAddress
RWU
Contains the upper 28 bits of the address of a 16-byte aligned descriptor block.
3–0
Z
RWU
Indicates the number of contiguous descriptors at the address pointed to by the descriptor
address. If Z is 0, it indicates that the descriptorAddress field (bits 31–4) is not valid.
6.2.42 Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register
The isochronous transmit context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the
isochronous transmit DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context
number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7). See Table 6-66 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/clear, read/update, read only
200h + (16 × n)
Set register
204h + (16 × n)
Clear register
XXXX X0XXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
100
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-66. Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31
cycleMatchEnable
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
RSCU
When bit 31 is set to 1, processing occurs such that the packet described by the context first
descriptor block is transmitted in the cycle whose number is specified in the cycleMatch field
(bits 30–16). The cycleMatch field (bits 30–16) must match the low-order two bits of
cycleSeconds and the 13-bit cycleCount field in the cycle-start packet that is sent or received
immediately before isochronous transmission begins. Because the isochronous transmit DMA
controller can work ahead, the processing of the first descriptor block might begin slightly in
advance of the actual cycle in which the first packet is transmitted.
The effects of this bit, however, are impacted by the values of other bits in this register and
are explained in the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Once the context has
become active, hardware clears this bit.
30–16
15
cycleMatch
RSC
This field contains a 15-bit value, corresponding to the low-order 2 bits of the isochronous
cycle timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 6.2.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer
Register) cycleSeconds field (bits 31–25) and the cycleCount field (bits 24–12). If bit 31
(cycleMatchEnable) is set to 1, this isochronous transmit DMA context becomes enabled for
transmits when the low-order two bits of the isochronous cycle timer register cycleSeconds
field (bits 31–25) and the cycleCount field (bits 24–12) value equal this field (cycleMatch)
value.
run
RSC
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by
software to stop descriptor processing. The TSB83AA23 device changes this bit only on a
system (hardware) or software reset.
14–13
RSVD
R
12
wake
RSU
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB83AA23 device to continue or resume descriptor
processing. The TSB83AA23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
11 (1)
dead
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit
when software clears bit 15 (run) to 0.
10
active
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
9–5
RSVD
R
4–0
(1)
(1)
On
•
•
•
event code
RU
Reserved. Bits 14–13 return 0s when read.
Reserved. Bits 9–5 return 0s when read.
Following an OUTPUT_LAST* command, the error code is indicated in this field. Possible
values are: ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_read, and evt_unknown.
an overflow for each running context, the isochronous transmit DMA supports up to seven cycle skips when the following are true:
Bit 11 (dead) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to 1.
Bits 4–0 (eventcode field) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to evt_timeout.
Bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) is
set to 1.
6.2.43 Isochronous Transmit Context Command Pointer Register
The isochronous transmit context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first
descriptor block that the TSB83AA23 device accesses when software enables an isochronous transmit
context by setting bit 15 (run) in the isochronous transmit context control register (see Section 6.2.42,
Isochronous Transmit Context Control Register) to 1. The isochronous transmit DMA context command
pointer can be read when a context is active. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the
context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7).
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
20Ch + (16
n)
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
101
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.2.44 Isochronous Receive Context Control Register
The isochronous receive context control set/clear register controls options, state, and status for the
isochronous receive DMA contexts. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context
number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3). See Table 6-67 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear/update, read/set/clear, read/update, read only
400h + (32
n)
Set register
404h + (32
n)
Clear register
XX00 X0XXh
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
X
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
102
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-67. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
bufferFill
RSC
When bit 31 is set to 1, received packets are placed back to back to completely fill each receive
buffer. When this bit is cleared, each received packet is placed in a single buffer. If bit 28
(multiChanMode) is set to 1, this bit also must be set to 1. The value of this bit must not be
changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
30
isochHeader
RSC
When bit 30 is set to 1, received isochronous packets include the complete 4-byte isochronous
packet header seen by the link layer. The end of the packet is marked with xferStatus in the first
doublet, and a 16-bit timeStamp indicating the time of the most recently received (or sent)
cycleStart packet.
When this bit is cleared, the packet header is stripped from received isochronous packets. The
packet header, if received, immediately precedes the packet payload. The value of this bit must
not be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
29
cycleMatchEnable
28
multiChanMode
RSCU When bit 29 is set to 1 and the 13-bit cycleMatch field (bits 24–12) in the isochronous
receive context match register (see Section 6.2.46, Isochronous Receive Context Match Register)
matches the 13-bit cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet, the context begins running. The
effects of this bit, however, are impacted by the values of other bits in this register. Once the
context has become active, hardware clears this bit. The value of this bit must not be changed
while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
RSC
When bit 28 is set to 1, the corresponding isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for
all isochronous channels enabled in the isochronous receive channel mask high register at OHCI
offset 70h/74h (see Section 6.2.19, Isochronous Receive Channel Mask High Register) and
isochronous receive channel mask low register at OHCI offset 78h/7Ch (see Section 6.2.20). The
isochronous channel number specified in the isochronous receive context match register (see
Section 6.2.46, Isochronous Receive Context Match Register) is ignored.
When this bit is cleared, the isochronous receive DMA context receives packets for the single
channel specified in the isochronous receive context match register (see Section 6.2.46,
Isochronous Receive Context Match Register). Only one isochronous receive DMA context can
use the isochronous receive channel mask registers (see Section 6.2.19, Isochronous Receive
Channel Mask High Register, and Section 6.2.20, Isochronous Receive Channel Mask Low
Register). If more than one isochronous receive context control register has this bit set, the results
are undefined. The value of this bit must not be changed while bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set
to 1.
27
26–16
15
dualBufferMode
RSC
RSVD
run
R
RSCU
When bit 27 is set to 1, receive packets are separated into first and second payload and streamed
independently to the firstBuffer series and secondBuffer series as described in Section 10.2.3 in
the 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification. Also, when bit 27 is set to 1, both bits 28
(multiChanMode) and 31 (bufferFill) are cleared to 0. The value of this bit does not change when
either bit 10 (active) or bit 15 (run) is set to 1.
Reserved. Bits 26–16 return 0s when read.
Bit 15 is set to 1 by software to enable descriptor processing for the context and cleared by
software to stop descriptor processing. The TSB83AA23 device changes this bit only on a system
(hardware) or software reset.
14–13
RSVD
R
12
wake
RSU
11 (1)
dead
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 11 to 1 when it encounters a fatal error, and clears the bit when
software clears bit 15 (run).
10
active
RU
The TSB83AA23 device sets bit 10 to 1 when it is processing descriptors.
9
betaFrame
RU
Bit 9 is set to 1 when the PHY section indicates that the received packet is sent in Beta format. A
response to a request sent using Beta format also uses Beta format.
8
RSVD
7–5
spd
R
RU
Reserved. Bits 14 and 13 return 0s when read.
Software sets bit 12 to 1 to cause the TSB83AA23 device to continue or resume descriptor
processing. The TSB83AA23 device clears this bit on every descriptor fetch.
Reserved. Bit 8 returns 0 when read.
This field indicates the speed at which the packet was received.
000 = 100 Mbps
001 = 200 Mbps
010 = 400 Mbps
011 = 800 Mbps
(1)
On
•
•
•
an overflow for each running context, the isochronous transmit DMA supports up to seven cycle skips when the following are true:
Bit 11 (dead) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to 1.
Bits 4–0 (eventcode field) in either the isochronous transmit or receive context control register is set to evt_timeout.
Bit 24 (unrecoverableError) in the interrupt event register at OHCI offset 80h/84h (see Section 6.2.21, Interrupt Event Register) is
set to 1.
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
103
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-67. Isochronous Receive Context Control Register Description (continued)
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
All other values are reserved.
4–0 (1)
event code
RU
For bufferFill mode, possible values are ack_complete, evt_descriptor_read, evt_data_write, and
evt_unknown. Packets with data errors (either dataLength mismatches or dataCRC errors) and
packets for which a FIFO overrun occurred are backed out. For packet-per-buffer mode, possible
values are ack_complete, ack_data_error, evt_long_packet, evt_overrun, evt_descriptor_read,
evt_data_write, and evt_unknown.
6.2.45 Isochronous Receive Context Command Pointer Register
The isochronous receive context command pointer register contains a pointer to the address of the first
descriptor block that the TSB83AA23 device accesses when software enables an isochronous receive
context by setting bit 15 (run) in the isochronous receive context control register (see Section 6.2.44) to 1.
The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3).
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read only
40Ch + (32
n)
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6.2.46 Isochronous Receive Context Match Register
The isochronous receive context match register starts an isochronous receive context running on a
specified cycle number, filters incoming isochronous packets based on tag values, and waits for packets
with a specified sync value. The n value in the following register addresses indicates the context number
(n = 0, 1, 2, 3). See Table 6-68 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
410Ch + (32
n)
XXXX XXXXh
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
104
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-68. Isochronous Receive Context Match Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
31
tag3
R/W
If bit 31 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 11b.
30
tag2
R/W
If bit 30 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 10b.
29
tag1
R/W
If bit 29 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 01b.
28
tag0
R/W
If bit 28 is set to 1, this context matches on isochronous receive packets with a tag field of 00b.
27
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bit 27 returns 0 when read.
26–12
cycleMatch
R/W
Contains a 15-bit value, corresponding to the low-order two bits of cycleSeconds and the 13-bit
cycleCount field in the cycleStart packet. If bit 29 (cycleMatchEnable) in the isochronous receive
context control register (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is set
to 1, this context is enabled for receives when thelow-order two bits of the bus isochronous cycle
timer register at OHCI offset F0h (see Section 6.2.34, Isochronous Cycle Timer Register)
cycleSeconds field (bits 31–25) and cycleCount field (bits 24–12) value equal this field
(cycleMatch) value.
11–8
sync
R/W
This 4-bit field is compared to the sync field of each isochronous packet for this channel when the
command descriptor w field is set to 11b.
7
RSVD
6
tag1SyncFilter
R/W
If bit 6 and bit 29 (tag1) are set to 1, packets with tag 01b are accepted into the context if the two
most significant bits of the packet sync field are 00b. Packets with tag values other than 01b are
filtered according to bit 28 (tag0), bit 30 (tag2), and bit 31 (tag3), without any additional
restrictions. If this bit is cleared, then this context matches on isochronous receive packets as
specified in bits 28–31 (tag0–tag3), with no additional restrictions.
channelNumber
R/W
This 6-bit field indicates the isochronous channel number for which this isochronous receive DMA
context accepts packets.
5–0
6.3
R
Reserved. Bit 7 returns 0 when read.
TI Extension Registers
The TI extension base address register provides a method of accessing memory-mapped TI extension
registers. The TI extension base address register is programmed with a base address referencing the
memory-mapped TI extension registers. See Section 6.1.12, TI Extension Base Address Register, for
register bit field details. See Table 6-69 for the TI extension register listing.
Table 6-69. TI Extension Register Map
REGISTER NAME
Reserved
6.3.1
OFFSET
00h–A7Fh
Isochronous receive DV set enhancement
A80h
Isochronous receive DV enhancement clear
A84h
LLC section enhancement control set
A88h
LLC section enhancement control clear
A8Ch
Isochronous transmit context-0 timestamp offset
A90h
Isochronous transmit context-1 timestamp offset
A94h
Isochronous transmit context-2 timestamp offset
A98h
Isochronous transmit context-3 timestamp offset
A9Ch
Isochronous transmit context-4 timestamp offset
AA0h
Isochronous transmit context-5 timestamp offset
AA4h
Isochronous transmit context-6 timestamp offset
AA8h
Isochronous transmit context-7 timestamp offset
AA8h
DV Timestamp Enhancements
The DV timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) in the LLC section enhancement
control register located at PCI offset F4h and are aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h
(set) and A8Ch (clear).
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
105
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
The DV and MPEG transmit enhancements are enabled separately by bits in the LLC section
enhancement control register located in PCI configuration space at PCI offset F4h. The link enhancement
control register is also aliased as a set/clear register in TI extension space at offset A88h (set) and A8Ch
(clear).
Bit 8 (enab_dv_ts) of the LLC section enhancement control register enables DV timestamp support. When
enabled, the link calculates a timestamp based on the cycle timer and the timestamp offset register and
substitutes it in the SYT field of the CIP once per DV frame.
Bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) of the link enhancement control register enables MPEG timestamp support. Two
MPEG time stamp modes are supported. The default mode calculates an initial delta that is added to the
calculated timestamp in addition to a user-defined offset. The initial offset is calculated as the difference in
the intended transmit cycle count and the cycle count field of the timestamp in the first TSP of the MPEG2
stream. The use of the initial delta can be controlled by bit 31 (DisableInitialOffset) in the timestamp offset
register (see Section 6.3.6, Timestamp Offset Register).
6.3.2
MPEG2 Timestamp Procedure
The MPEG2 timestamp enhancements are enabled by bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) in the link enhancement
control register located at PCI offset F4h and aliased in TI extension register space at offset A88h (set)
and A8Ch (clear).
When bit 10 (enab_mpeg_ts) is set to 1, the hardware applies the timestamp enhancements to
isochronous transmit packets that have the tag field equal to 01b in the isochronous packet header and a
FMT field equal to 10h.
6.3.3
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements
The DV frame synchronization and branch enhancement provides a mechanism in buffer-fill mode to
synchronize 1394 DV data, which is received in the correct order to DV frame-sized data buffers described
by several INPUT_MORE descriptors (see 1394 Open Host Controller Interface Specification, Revision
1.1). This is accomplished by waiting for the start-of-frame packet in a DV stream before transferring the
received isochronous stream into the memory buffer described by the INPUT_MORE descriptors. This can
improve the DV capture application performance by reducing the amount of processing overhead required
to strip the CIP header and copy the received packets into frame-sized buffers.
The start of a DV frame is represented in the 1394 packet as a 16-bit pattern of 1FX7h (first byte 1Fh and
second byte X7h) received as the first two bytes of the third quadlet in a DV isochronous packet. The
TSB12LV23 OHCI-Lynx used a field match of 1F07h to synchronize the frame. However, this does not
accommodate all camcorder cases. To accommodate these models, the TSB83AA23 uses the pattern
1FX7h.
6.3.4
Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register
The isochronous receive digital video enhancements register enables the DV enhancements in the
TSB83AA23 device. The bits in this register can only be modified when both the active (bit 10) and run (bit
15) bits of the corresponding context control register are 0. See Table 6-70 for a description of the register
contents.
Type:
Offset:
Read/set/clear, read only
A80h
Set register
A84h
Clear register
0000 0000h
A
Default:
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
106
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-70. Isochronous Receive Digital Video Enhancements Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31–14
RSVD
TYPE
R
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–14 return 0s when read.
13
DV_Branch3
RSC
When bit 13 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 synchronizes reception to the DV frame
start tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by
frameBranch if a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is interpreted only when bit 12
(CIP_Strip3) is 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 460h/464h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
12
CIP_Strip3
RSC
When bit 12 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 3 strips the first two quadlets of payload.
This bit is interpreted only when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control
register at OHCI offset 460h/464h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control
Register) is 0.
11–10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 11 and 10 return 0s when read.
9
DV_Branch2
RSC
When bit 9 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 synchronizes reception to the DV frame
start tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by
frameBranch if a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is interpreted only when bit 8
(CIP_Strip2) is 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 440h/444h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
8
CIP_Strip2
RSC
When bit 8 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 2 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is interpreted only when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 440h/444h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
7–6
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 7 and 6 return 0s when read.
5
DV_Branch1
RSC
When bit 5 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 synchronizes reception to the DV frame
start tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b, and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by
frameBranch if a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is interpreted only when bit 4
(CIP_Strip1) is 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 420h/424h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
4
CIP_Strip1
RSC
When bit 4 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 1 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is interpreted only when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 420h/424h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
3–2
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 3 and 2 return 0s when read.
1
DV_Branch0
RSC
When bit 1 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 synchronizes reception to the DV frame
start tag in bufferfill mode if input_more.b = 01b and jumps to the descriptor pointed to by
frameBranch if a DV frame start tag is received out of place. This bit is interpreted only when bit 0
(CIP_Strip0) is 1 and bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 400h/404h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
0
CIP_Strip0
RSC
When bit 0 is set to 1, the isochronous receive context 0 strips the first two quadlets of payload. This
bit is interpreted only when bit 30 (isochHeader) in the isochronous receive context control register at
OHCI offset 400h/404h (see Section 6.2.44, Isochronous Receive Context Control Register) is 0.
6.3.5
Link Enhancement Register
This register is a memory-mapped set/clear register that is an alias of the LLC section enhancement
control register at PCI offset F4h. These bits can be initialized by software. Some of the bits also can be
initialized by a serial EEPROM, if one is present, as noted in the following bit descriptions. If the bits are to
be initialized by software, the bits must be initialized prior to setting bit 19 (LPS) in the host controller
control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control Register). See
Table 6-71 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
A
Default:
Read/set/clear, read/write, read only
A88h
Set register
A8Ch
Clear register
0000 0000h
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
107
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
108
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 6-71. Link Enhancement Register Description
BIT
31–16
FIELD NAME
15
dis_at_pipeline
14
RSVD
13–12
TYPE
RSVD
atx_thresh
R
RSC
R
RSC
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Bits 31–16 return 0s when read.
Disable AT pipelining. When bit 15 is set to 1, out-of-order AT pipelining is disabled.
Reserved
This field sets the initial AT threshold value, which is used until the AT FIFO is under run. When
the TSB83AA23 device retries the packet, it uses a 2-Kbyte threshold, resulting in a
store-and-forward operation.
00 = 4K-byte threshold, resulting in a store-and-forward operation (default)
01 = 1.7K-byte threshold
10 = 1K-byte threshold
11 = 512-byte threshold
These bits fine tune the asynchronous transmit threshold. For most applications, the 1.7K-byte
threshold is optimal. Changing this value might increase or decrease the 1394 latency, depending
on the average PCI bus latency.
Setting the AT threshold to 1.7K, 1K, or 512 bytes results in data being transmitted at these
thresholds or when an entire packet has been checked into the FIFO. If the packet to be
transmitted is larger than the AT threshold, the remaining data must be received before the AT
FIFO is emptied; otherwise, an under run condition occurs, resulting in a packet error at the
receiving node. As a result, the link then commences store-and-forward operation, that is, wait
until it has the complete packet in the FIFO before retransmitting it on the second attempt, to
ensure delivery.
An AT threshold of 4K results in store-and-forward operation, which means that asynchronous
data is not transmitted until an end-of-packet token is received. Restated, setting the AT threshold
to 4K results in only complete packets being transmitted.
This device always uses store-and-forward when the asynchronous transmit retries register at
OHCI offset 08h (see Section 6.2.3, Asynchronous Transmit Retries Register) is cleared.
11–10
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 11–10 returns 0 when read.
9
enab_aud_ts
R/W
Enable audio/music CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 9 is set to 1, the enhancement is
enabled for audio/music CIP transmit streams (FMT = 10h).
8
enab_dv_ts
RSC
Enable DV CIP timestamp enhancement. When bit 8 is set to 1, the enhancement is enabled for
DV CIP transmit streams (FMT = 00h).
7
enab_unfair
RSC
Enable asynchronous priority requests. OHCI-Lynx compatible. Setting bit 7 to 1 enables the LLC
section to respond to requests with priority arbitration. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
6
RSVD
R
This bit is not assigned in the TSB83AA23 follow-on products, because this bit location loaded by
the serial EEPROM from the enhancements field corresponds to bit 23 (programPhyEnable) in the
host controller control register at OHCI offset 50h/54h (see Section 6.2.16, Host Controller Control
Register).
5–3
RSVD
R
Reserved. Bits 5–3 return 0s when read.
2
enab_insert_idle
RSC
Enable insert idle. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When the PHY section has control of the
PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1 internal control lines and PHY_DATA0–PHY_DATA7 internal data lines
and the LLC section requests control, the PHY section drives 11b on the PHY_CTL0–PHY_CTL1
internal lines. The LLC section can then start driving these lines immediately. Setting bit 2 to 1
inserts an idle state, so the link waits one clock cycle before it starts driving the lines (turnaround
time).
1
enab_accel
RSC
Enable acceleration enhancements. OHCI-Lynx compatible. When bit 1 is set to 1, the PHY
section is notified that the link supports the IEEE Std 1394a-2000 acceleration enhancements, that
is, ack-accelerated, fly-by concatenation, etc. It is recommended that this bit be set to 1.
0
RSVD
Submit Documentation Feedback
R
Reserved. Bit 0 returns 0 when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
109
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
6.3.6
Timestamp Offset Register
The value of this register is added as an offset to the cycle timer value when using the MPEG, DV, and
CIP enhancements. A timestamp offset register is implemented per isochronous transmit context. The n
value following the offset indicates the context number (n = 0, 1, 2, 3, …, 7). These registers are
programmed by software as appropriate. See Table 6-72 for a description of the register contents.
Type:
Offset:
Default:
Read/write, read only
A90h + (4
n)
0000 0000h
Bit
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Table 6-72. Timestamp Offset Register Description
BIT
FIELD NAME
31
DisableInitialOffset
TYPE
DESCRIPTION
R/W
Bit 31 disables the use of the initial timestamp offset when the MPEG2 enhancements are
enabled. A value of 0 indicates the use of the initial offset, a value of 1 indicates that the initial
offset must not be applied to the calculated timestamp. This bit has no meaning for the DV
timestamp enhancements.
30–25
RSVD
24–12
CycleCount
R/W
This field adds an offset to the cycle count field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2
enhancements are enabled. The cycle count field is incremented modulo 8000; therefore,
values in this field must be limited between 0 and 7999.
11–0
CycleOffset
R/W
This field adds an offset to the cycle offset field in the timestamp when the DV or MPEG2
enhancements are enabled. The cycle offset field is incremented modulo 3072; therefore,
values in this field must be limited between 0 and 3071.
110
R
Reserved. Bits 30–25 return 0s when read.
TSB83AA23 Link Layer Controller Programming Model
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
7
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Interface
The GPIO interface consists of one GPIO port available via the MFUNC terminal by configuring the
multifunction configuration register (PCI offset E8h). GPIO powers up as a general-purpose input and is
programmable via the GPIO control register. Figure 7-1 shows the logic diagram for GPIO implementation.
GPIO Read Data
GPIO Port
GPIO Write Data
D
Q
GPIO_Invert
GPIO Enable
S0173-01
Figure 7-1. GPIO Logic Diagram
Submit Documentation Feedback
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Interface
111
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
8
Serial EEPROM Interface
The TSB83AA23 device provides a serial bus interface to initialize the 1394 global unique ID register and
a few PCI configuration registers through a serial EEPROM. The TSB83AA23 device communicates with
the serial EEPROM via the two-wire serial interface.
After power up, the serial interface initializes the locations listed in Table 8-1. While the TSB83AA23
device accesses the serial EEPROM, all incoming PCI slave accesses are terminated with retry status.
Table 8-1 shows the serial EEPROM memory map required for initializing the TSB83AA23 registers.
NOTE
If a ROM is implemented in the design, it must be programmed. An unprogrammed ROM
defaults to all 1s, which could adversely impact device operation.
112
Serial EEPROM Interface
Submit Documentation Feedback
TSB83AA23 IEEE Std 1394b-2002
PHY and OHCI Link Device
www.ti.com
SLLU099B – AUGUST 2007 – REVISED FEBRUARY 2008
Table 8-1. Serial EEPROM Map
BYTE
ADDRESS
(1)
BYTE DESCRIPTION
00
PCI maximum latency (PCI offset 3Eh)
01
PCI subsystem vendor ID alias (least significant byte) (PCI offset F8h)
02
PCI subsystem vendor ID alias (most significant byte) (PCI offset F9h)
03
PCI subsystem ID alias (least significant byte) (PCI offset FAh)
04
PCI subsystem ID alias (most significant byte) (PCI offset FBh)
05
[7]
Link_enhancementCo
ntrol.
enab_unfair
(PCI offset F4h, bit 7)
06
[7–6]
RSVD
07
1394 GUID high (byte 0, least significant) (OHCI offset 24h)
08
1394 GUID high (byte 1) (OHCI offset 25h)
09
1394 GUID high (byte 2) (OHCI offset 26h)
0A
1394 GUID high (byte 3, most significant) (OHCI offset 27h)
0B
1394 GUID low (byte 0, least significant) (OHCI offset 28h)
0C
1394 GUID low (byte 1) (OHCI offset 29h)
0D
1394 GUID low (byte 2) (OHCI offset 30h)
0E
1394 GUID low (byte 3, most significant) (OHCI offset 31h)
0F
Checksum
10
[15]
Link
Enhancement.dis_at_
pipeline
(PCI offset F4h, bit
15)
[14]
[13–12]
Enab_draft
Link Enhancement.atx_ thresh
(PCI offset F4h, (PCI offset F4h, bits 13–12)
bit 14)
11
[7]
RSVD
[6]
[5]
MiscConfig.
RSVD
cardbus
(PCI offset F0h,
bit 6)
12
[15]
MiscConfig.PME_D3c
old
(PCI offset F0h, bit
15)
[14—11]
RSVD
13
[7–4]
BusOptions.Max_Rec (OHCI offset 20h, bits 15–12)
14
[7–3]
CIS offset (PCI offset 28h, bits 7–3)
15–16
[7–0]
RSVD
17
[7–3]
RSVD
18–1F
RSVD
[6]
HCControl.
ProgramPhy
Enable
(OHCI offset
50h, bit 23)
PCI minimum grant (PCI offset 3Fh)
[5–3]
RSVD
[5] (1)
MiniROM enable (OHCI offset
04h, bit 5)
[2]
Link_enhancement
Control.enab_
insert_idle
(PCI offset F4h, bit
2)
[1]
[0]
Link_enhancement RSVD
Control.enab_acce
l
(PCI offset F4h, bit
1)
[2]
MiscConfig.disable
_sclkgate
(PCI offset F0h, bit
2)
[1]
MiscConfig.disable
_pcigate
(PCI offset F0h, bit
1)
[4–0]
RSVD
[11–8]
RSVD
[4]
[3]
MiscConfig.dis_ RSVD
tgt_abt
(PCI offset F0h,
bit 4
[0]
MiscConfig.keep
_pclk
(PCI offset F0h,
bit 0)
[10]
[9–8]
ignore_IntEvent.
MR_Enhance
MasterIntEnable_
(PCI offset F0h, bits 9–8)
for_pme
(PCI offset F0h, bit
10)
[3–0]
RSVD
[2–0]
RSVD
[2–0]
MultifunctionSelect.MFunc_Sel
(PCI offset E8h, bits 2–0)
If bit 5 at EEPROM byte offset 06h is set, then the MiniROM is enabled and the starting address is 20h.
Submit Documentation Feedback
Serial EEPROM Interface
113
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
10-Dec-2020
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
(2)
Lead finish/
Ball material
MSL Peak Temp
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(3)
(4/5)
(6)
TSB83AA23ZAY
ACTIVE
NFBGA
ZAY
167
160
RoHS &
Non-Green
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
0 to 70
TSB83AA23
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of